WO2024102999A2 - Small molecule inhibitors for the treatment and prevention of coronavirus infections - Google Patents
Small molecule inhibitors for the treatment and prevention of coronavirus infections Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024102999A2 WO2024102999A2 PCT/US2023/079372 US2023079372W WO2024102999A2 WO 2024102999 A2 WO2024102999 A2 WO 2024102999A2 US 2023079372 W US2023079372 W US 2023079372W WO 2024102999 A2 WO2024102999 A2 WO 2024102999A2
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- group
- substituted
- unsubstituted
- alkyl group
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 title abstract description 19
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 title abstract description 14
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title description 22
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 title description 3
- 208000001528 Coronaviridae Infections Diseases 0.000 title description 2
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 108090000975 Angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 28
- 241001678559 COVID-19 virus Species 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 243
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 97
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 80
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 76
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 67
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 67
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 63
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 50
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 48
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 41
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 40
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 33
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 26
- 102100035765 Angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 Human genes 0.000 claims description 24
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 20
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 18
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims description 16
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004438 haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- WSNMPAVSZJSIMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1c(C)c2COC(=O)c2c(O)c1CC(O)C1(C)CCC(=O)O1 Chemical compound COc1c(C)c2COC(=O)c2c(O)c1CC(O)C1(C)CCC(=O)O1 WSNMPAVSZJSIMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 7
- 241000482741 Human coronavirus NL63 Species 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 6
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- XXSMGPRMXLTPCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxychloroquine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C2C(NC(C)CCCN(CCO)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 XXSMGPRMXLTPCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960004171 hydroxychloroquine Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- RWWYLEGWBNMMLJ-YSOARWBDSA-N remdesivir Chemical compound NC1=NC=NN2C1=CC=C2[C@]1([C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O1)CO[P@](=O)(OC1=CC=CC=C1)N[C@H](C(=O)OCC(CC)CC)C)O)O)C#N RWWYLEGWBNMMLJ-YSOARWBDSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- RWWYLEGWBNMMLJ-MEUHYHILSA-N remdesivir Drugs C([C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@](C#N)(O1)C=1N2N=CN=C(N)C2=CC=1)O)OP(=O)(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)OCC(CC)CC)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RWWYLEGWBNMMLJ-MEUHYHILSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000006527 (C1-C5) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000006545 Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000711573 Coronaviridae Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010014561 Emphysema Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000315672 SARS coronavirus Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010006451 bronchitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010039083 rhinitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000009890 sinusitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims 4
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 19
- 101000629318 Severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 Spike glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 abstract description 17
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 abstract description 16
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 abstract description 14
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 abstract description 11
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 abstract description 11
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 abstract description 8
- 229940096437 Protein S Drugs 0.000 abstract description 7
- 101710198474 Spike protein Proteins 0.000 abstract description 7
- 230000007502 viral entry Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 abstract description 5
- 102000053723 Angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 Human genes 0.000 abstract description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000002121 endocytic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 abstract description 2
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 abstract description 2
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- -1 n- butyl Chemical group 0.000 description 89
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 45
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 38
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 31
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 29
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 26
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerol Natural products OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 24
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 23
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 22
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 20
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 20
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 19
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 18
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 17
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 16
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 15
- 208000025721 COVID-19 Diseases 0.000 description 14
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 13
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 13
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 11
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 10
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 10
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 9
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 8
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 8
- 208000037847 SARS-CoV-2-infection Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 8
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000003883 ointment base Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 8
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 7
- 241001112090 Pseudovirus Species 0.000 description 7
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 7
- 208000021601 lentivirus infection Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000002618 bicyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 6
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229920003132 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229940031704 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 6
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000011201 multiple comparisons test Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 238000001543 one-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 6
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 5
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical compound OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 5
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000011551 log transformation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000000329 molecular dynamics simulation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003041 virtual screening Methods 0.000 description 5
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Propenoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical compound NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000623 Cellulose acetate phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 4
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 4
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 108091005634 SARS-CoV-2 receptor-binding domains Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101001024637 Severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 Nucleoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229940081734 cellulose acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000012744 immunostaining Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229940100467 polyvinyl acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960004274 stearic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-difluorocyclohexane Chemical compound FC1(F)CCCCC1 ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- 229910004749 OS(O)2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- SBOJXQVPLKSXOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-amino-hydroxylamine Chemical compound NON SBOJXQVPLKSXOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000151 polyglycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000010695 polyglycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002744 polyvinyl acetate phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003067 (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-tetrazole Chemical compound C=1N=NNN=1 KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SVTBMSDMJJWYQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpentane-2,4-diol Chemical compound CC(O)CC(C)(C)O SVTBMSDMJJWYQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RWHRFHQRVDUPIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 50867-57-7 Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O.CC(=C)C(O)=O RWHRFHQRVDUPIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical compound CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 206010011224 Cough Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000000059 Dyspnea Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010013975 Dyspnoeas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Glycolate Chemical compound OCC([O-])=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000000112 Myalgia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108010009736 Protein Hydrolysates Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UYXTWWCETRIEDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tributyrin Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCC)COC(=O)CCC UYXTWWCETRIEDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IYKJEILNJZQJPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;butanedioic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O.OC(=O)CCC(O)=O IYKJEILNJZQJPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005119 alkyl cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000924 antiasthmatic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000005347 biaryls Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001334 corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- WTWBUQJHJGUZCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N cuminaldehyde Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 WTWBUQJHJGUZCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000120 cytopathologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007933 dermal patch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004177 diethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- MQHNKCZKNAJROC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropyl phthalate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCCC MQHNKCZKNAJROC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000017574 dry cough Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 206010016256 fatigue Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003349 gelling agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002989 glutamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002314 glycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005397 methacrylic acid ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000913 palmityl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000955 prescription drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000003531 protein hydrolysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000023504 respiratory system disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000003441 saturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- RYYKJJJTJZKILX-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium octadecanoate Chemical class [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O RYYKJJJTJZKILX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007962 solid dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011069 sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001593 sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940035049 sorbitan monooleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- XTQHKBHJIVJGKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur monoxide Chemical class S=O XTQHKBHJIVJGKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 239000002691 unilamellar liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 2
- BNDYBXDAGIQWOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-pyrrol-1-ylphenyl)methanamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1N1C=CC=C1 BNDYBXDAGIQWOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006686 (C1-C24) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006701 (C1-C7) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006694 (C2-C10) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006695 (C2-C11) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006696 (C2-C18) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006687 (C2-C3) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006688 (C2-C4) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006689 (C2-C5) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006690 (C2-C6) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006691 (C2-C7) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006692 (C2-C8) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006693 (C2-C9) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGUHFDPGDQDVGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1 UGUHFDPGDQDVGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTJMXYRLEDBSLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4,5-tetrazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CN=N1 HTJMXYRLEDBSLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYADHXFMURLYQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-triazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NC=N1 FYADHXFMURLYQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UDGKZGLPXCRRAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,5-thiadiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSN=1 UDGKZGLPXCRRAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FKASFBLJDCHBNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,4-oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=NN=CO1 FKASFBLJDCHBNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBIZXFATKUQOOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,4-thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=NN=CS1 MBIZXFATKUQOOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIHQDMXYYFUGFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-triazine Chemical compound C1=NC=NC=N1 JIHQDMXYYFUGFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005871 1,3-benzodioxolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-1,2,3-Triazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNN=1 QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YMMVCTFOVNOGFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-propanoyloxyethoxy)ethyl propanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OCCOCCOC(=O)CC YMMVCTFOVNOGFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTXMVXSTHSMVQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-acetyloxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCCOC(C)=O JTXMVXSTHSMVQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UOQDKQOXSLQEOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylprop-2-enoate;trimethylazanium Chemical compound C[NH+](C)C.CC(=C)C([O-])=O UOQDKQOXSLQEOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- NBDTZVVEDLDLSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,6,6-trimethylheptan-2-yl acetate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC(C)CC(C)OC(C)=O NBDTZVVEDLDLSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBACTWQDWZOLJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-propan-2-ylphenyl)-5,6-dihydro-4h-pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]benzodiazepine Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C1C1C2=CC=CN2C2=CC=CC=C2CN1 DBACTWQDWZOLJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGBIRJIRPKZAJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethyl-2-methylideneoctanoic acid;furan-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C=C1.CCCCC(CC)CC(=C)C(O)=O BGBIRJIRPKZAJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-1,2,4-triazole Chemical compound C=1N=CNN=1 NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGNYJUFFMJDSPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,6-dihydro-4h-pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]benzodiazepine Chemical group C1NCC2=CC=CC=C2N2C=CC=C12 DGNYJUFFMJDSPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXRKCOCTEMYUEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-aminoisoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound NC1=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1 PXRKCOCTEMYUEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NWPRCRWQMGIBOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1,3-dimethylpurine-2,6-dione Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(=O)N(C)C2=C1N(CCO)C=N2 NWPRCRWQMGIBOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019489 Almond oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000856 Amylose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101000995861 Arabidopsis thaliana Regulatory protein NPR1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000003911 Arachis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-DCSYEGIMSA-N Beta-Lactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-DCSYEGIMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000003737 Bright-Glo Luciferase Assay System Methods 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011740 C57BL/6 mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N Carbon-14 Chemical compound [14C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010009137 Chronic sinusitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- YUXIBTJKHLUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dibutyl succinate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CCC(=O)OCCCC YUXIBTJKHLUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VIZORQUEIQEFRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl adipate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCCCC(=O)OCC VIZORQUEIQEFRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004606 Fillers/Extenders Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010068370 Glutens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UXDDRFCJKNROTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerol 1,2-diacetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(CO)OC(C)=O UXDDRFCJKNROTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004348 Glyceryl diacetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000195947 Lycopodium Species 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHLUUHNLEMFGTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methylacetamide Chemical compound CNC(C)=O OHLUUHNLEMFGTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 101710141454 Nucleoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Octadecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010039085 Rhinitis allergic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000220010 Rhode Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010084592 Saporins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BCKXLBQYZLBQEK-KVVVOXFISA-M Sodium oleate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC([O-])=O BCKXLBQYZLBQEK-KVVVOXFISA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004147 Sorbitan trioleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- PRXRUNOAOLTIEF-ADSICKODSA-N Sorbitan trioleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC PRXRUNOAOLTIEF-ADSICKODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MKRNVBXERAPZOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Starch acetate Chemical compound O1C(CO)C(OC)C(O)C(O)C1OCC1C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O2)OC(C)=O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(C)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 MKRNVBXERAPZOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019486 Sunflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GUGOEEXESWIERI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terfenadine Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C(O)CCCN1CCC(C(O)(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 GUGOEEXESWIERI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydropyran Chemical compound C1CCOCC1 DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPOPAJRDYZGTIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=N1 DPOPAJRDYZGTIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DOOTYTYQINUNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethyl citrate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(O)(C(=O)OCC)CC(=O)OCC DOOTYTYQINUNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010046542 Urinary hesitation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108050008392 Viral spike glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002494 Zein Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001089 [(2R)-oxolan-2-yl]methanol Substances 0.000 description 1
- KOHUATWNGBDXMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Mg]N Chemical class [Mg]N KOHUATWNGBDXMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002679 ablation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150054399 ace2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000000218 acetic acid group Chemical group C(C)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000464 adrenergic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108091005588 alkylated proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000010105 allergic rhinitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008168 almond oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000015395 alpha 1-Antitrypsin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010050122 alpha 1-Antitrypsin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940024142 alpha 1-antitrypsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002280 amphoteric surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940031955 anhydrous lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000954 anitussive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003266 anti-allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001387 anti-histamine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125715 antihistaminic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003434 antitussive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124584 antitussives Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000436 anus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008365 aqueous carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001204 arachidyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000305 astragalus gummifer gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidine Chemical compound C1CNC1 HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004069 aziridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012216 bentonite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005873 benzo[d]thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002047 benzodioxolyl group Chemical group O1OC(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002903 benzyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000649 benzylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002876 beta blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012867 bioactive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000168 bronchodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- VFGRALUHHHDIQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl 2-hydroxyacetate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CO VFGRALUHHHDIQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006309 butyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000011132 calcium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BPKIGYQJPYCAOW-FFJTTWKXSA-I calcium;potassium;disodium;(2s)-2-hydroxypropanoate;dichloride;dihydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[OH-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[Cl-].[K+].[Ca+2].C[C@H](O)C([O-])=O BPKIGYQJPYCAOW-FFJTTWKXSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960001631 carbomer Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001364 causal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003086 cellulose ether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000027157 chronic rhinosinusitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003026 cod liver oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012716 cod liver oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002592 cumenyl group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)C(C)C 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001047 cyclobutenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003678 cyclohexadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000058 cyclopentadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000298 cyclopropenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000850 decongestant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124581 decongestants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003112 degranulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940099371 diacetylated monoglycerides Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005959 diazepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PCYQQSKDZQTOQG-NXEZZACHSA-N dibutyl (2r,3r)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(=O)OCCCC PCYQQSKDZQTOQG-NXEZZACHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004915 dibutylamino group Chemical group C(CCC)N(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002097 dibutylsuccinate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001664 diethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCCOCCO XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940075557 diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013870 dimethyl polysiloxane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940113088 dimethylacetamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000004862 dioxolanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- POLCUAVZOMRGSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropyl ether Chemical compound CCCOCCC POLCUAVZOMRGSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004914 dipropylamino group Chemical group C(CC)N(CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000676 disease causative agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010410 dusting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N endo-cyclopentadiene Natural products C1C=CC=C1 ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002085 enols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006345 epimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005912 ethyl carbonate group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000031 ethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 229940093476 ethylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940012017 ethylenediamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005387 etofylline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003172 expectorant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005187 foaming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000245 forearm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- JKFAIQOWCVVSKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N furazan Chemical compound C=1C=NON=1 JKFAIQOWCVVSKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004392 genitalia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003862 glucocorticoid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000001727 glucose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021312 gluten Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019443 glyceryl diacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003979 granulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001245 hexylamino group Chemical group [H]N([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940051250 hexylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000003 hoof Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000639 hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004857 imidazopyridinyl group Chemical group N1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=N2)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000126 in silico method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005414 inactive ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000185 intracerebroventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007919 intrasynovial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007914 intraventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000006316 iso-butyl amino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- CZALJDQHONFVFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanatocyclopentane Chemical compound O=C=NC1CCCC1 CZALJDQHONFVFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004628 isothiazolidinyl group Chemical group S1N(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003965 isoxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SXQFCVDSOLSHOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactamide Chemical class CC(O)C(N)=O SXQFCVDSOLSHOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003893 lactate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003199 leukotriene receptor blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002463 lignoceryl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000014666 liquid concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910003002 lithium salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000002 lithium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001855 mannitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- YLGXILFCIXHCMC-JHGZEJCSSA-N methyl cellulose Chemical compound COC1C(OC)C(OC)C(COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1C(OC)C(OC)C(OC)OC1COC YLGXILFCIXHCMC-JHGZEJCSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000002941 microtiter virus yield reduction assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007932 molded tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000302 molecular modelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006682 monohaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051866 mouthwash Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- AJFDBNQQDYLMJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethylacetamide Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(C)=O AJFDBNQQDYLMJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-heptadecyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 210000000282 nail Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002663 nebulization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- HYIMSNHJOBLJNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N nifedipine Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=C(C)NC(C)=C(C(=O)OC)C1C1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O HYIMSNHJOBLJNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001597 nifedipine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrilotriacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003518 norbornenyl group Chemical group C12(C=CC(CC1)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002868 norbornyl group Chemical group C12(CCC(CC1)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007764 o/w emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000014593 oils and fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002638 palliative care Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003961 penetration enhancing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004894 pentylamino group Chemical group C(CCCC)N* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003209 petroleum derivative Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008024 pharmaceutical diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008105 phosphatidylcholines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L phthalate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000003021 phthalic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000724 poly(L-arginine) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001515 polyalkylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010011110 polyarginine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004585 polycyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000223 polyglycerol Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006684 polyhaloalkyl group Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920002503 polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068965 polysorbates Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000014483 powder concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003138 primary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006308 propyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001711 protein immunostaining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005180 public health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- GHBFNMLVSPCDGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N rac-1-monooctanoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO GHBFNMLVSPCDGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006340 racemization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003169 respiratory stimulant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940066293 respiratory stimulants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004671 saturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008299 semisolid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920002379 silicone rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000020374 simple syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001467 sodium calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019337 sorbitan trioleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000391 sorbitan trioleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004544 spot-on Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003696 stearoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 159000000008 strontium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052815 sulfur oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002600 sunflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020238 sunflower seed Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003319 supportive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940037128 systemic glucocorticoids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009492 tablet coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002700 tablet coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003899 tartaric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BSYVTEYKTMYBMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1CCCO1 BSYVTEYKTMYBMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004632 tetrahydrothiopyranyl group Chemical group S1C(CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001984 thiazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001730 thiiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000003354 tissue distribution assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940100640 transdermal system Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012096 transfection reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- STCOOQWBFONSKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributyl phosphate Chemical compound CCCCOP(=O)(OCCCC)OCCCC STCOOQWBFONSKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WEAPVABOECTMGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl 2-acetyloxypropane-1,2,3-tricarboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(C(=O)OCC)(OC(C)=O)CC(=O)OCC WEAPVABOECTMGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001069 triethyl citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- VMYFZRTXGLUXMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl citrate Natural products CCOC(=O)C(O)(C(=O)OCC)C(=O)OCC VMYFZRTXGLUXMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013769 triethyl citrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013638 trimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001665 trituration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002750 tryptase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001944 turbinate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000004670 unsaturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000021122 unsaturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010497 wheat germ oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005019 zein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093612 zein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930195724 β-lactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
Definitions
- SARS-CoV Severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus
- SARS-CoV-2 virions display the characteristic club- shaped projections formed by trimers of viral Spike glycoprotein on their surface.
- RBD receptor-binding domain
- ACE2 angiotensin-converting enzyme 2
- small molecules that effectively block the interaction of SARS-CoV-2 Spike protein with ACE2 are also disclosed.
- methods for treating viral infections that involve entry via endocytic pathways are also disclosed.
- the small molecules effectively block viral entry by targeting the interaction of SARS-CoV-2 Spike protein with ACE2.
- the two significant advantages of disclosed approach are: 1) small molecule inhibitors that target surface exposed proteins such as the Spike protein are not constrained by limited cell permeability/localization, and 2) structure-guided screening approaches avoid the necessity of screening large chemical libraries, thus expediting drug discovery and development.
- the compounds described herein have the structure I or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
- I X and Y are independently CR 4 or N, where R 4 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group; R 6 is hydrogen Z is O or S; W is NH or a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group; R 1 and R 3 are independently, hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, alkoxy, halo substituted alkoxy, -CN, -COOH, -COOR 5
- FIGs.1A to 1C illustrate protein-protein interface between Spike RBD and ACE2.
- FIG.1A is a ribbon illustration of Spike RBD/ACE2 complex structure (PDB Code: 6M0J).
- FIG.1B shows three regions of Hot-spot residues reported by existed literature, of which majority of residues are located in region 1.
- FIG.1C shows protein pocket illustration on RBD surface that were utilized for compound virtual screening.
- FIGs.2A to 2C show virtual screening and predicted docking pose of hit compound SAI4.
- FIG.2A shows virtual screening was started with a combined library of 93,835 drug- like virtual ligand through a hierarchical workflow integrated with molecular docking and molecular dynamics simulations.
- FIG. 2B shows chemical structure of in silico hit compounds, in which SAI4 was highlighted.
- FIG. 2C shows predicted docking pose of SAI4 against the proposed pocket at Spike RBD protein surface and overlapping of SAI predicted binding pose with ACE2 protein N-terminal helix.
- FIGs.3A to 3C show molecular Dynamics Simulation and MM/GBSA Per-residue Energy Decomposition.
- FIG. 3A shows trajectory of SAI4 with Spike RBD illustrated as cluster of snapshots.
- FIG.3B shows residues that make the most significant contribution to the protein-ligand binding was showed and labeled.
- FIG.3C shows MM/GBSA energy calculation and per-residue decomposition of SAI4 interaction with Spike RBD protein pocket.
- FIGs.4A to 4D show the structure modeling of “SAP6” peptide with SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD, which led to the discovery of a hypothetical binding cavity at the RBD surface.
- FIG. 4A shows protein interface between Spike RBD (purple) and N-terminal helix 1 of ACE2 (green).
- FIG. 4B shows the critical amino acid residues (numbered) in the N- terminal helix 1 of ACE2 that form contacts with the Spike RBD.
- FIG.4C shows the critical amino acid residues (numbered) in the Spike RBD that form contacts with the N-terminal helix 1 of ACE2.
- FIG.4D shows the surface view of the small and shallow “cavity” on the Spike RBD surface.
- RBD amino acid residues Y505, Y453, and Y449 provide hydrophobicity to the cavity, while R403, N501, and Q498 provide h-bond donor and acceptors to make the cavity targetable.
- FIGs.5A and 5B show library screening method and identified compounds.
- FIGs.6A to 6C show the inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-mediated entry by SAI4.
- FIG6A shows inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus infection by identified compounds (SAI1 to SAI10).
- Luciferase-encoding SARS-CoV-2 Spike- pseudotyped lentiviruses were incubated with 200 ⁇ M of indicated small molecule or diluent control (DMSO) for 1 h prior to infection of 293T-ACE2 cells. Infection was measured as relative luciferase expression 48 h post-infection. The luciferase signal obtained for the diluent control was set to 100%.
- FIGs 6B and 6C show inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 infection by SAI4. SARS-CoV-2 was incubated with 100 ⁇ M of SAI4 or diluent control (DMSO) for 1 h prior to infection of Vero E6 cells.
- FIG. 6B shows representative bright field microscope images showing immunostaining for SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid (N) protein.
- FIG.6C shows virus titers in supernatants from infected cells. Bars represent averages from triplicate infections with individual data points shown as circles. Error bars represent standard deviations. Virus titers were compared to the diluent control using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test.
- ANOVA analysis of variance
- FIGs.7A to 7C show the binding mode of SAI4 to SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD.
- FIG. 7A shows the structure of SAI4 and the predicted docking pose of SAI4 against the proposed pocket at SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD protein surface.
- FIG. 7B shows the calculated binding Kd of SAI4 for SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD measured as the amount of SAI4 needed to inhibit interaction of SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD with ACE2 using an ELISA- based binding assay. Calculated binding Kd from three independent experiments ⁇ standard deviations.
- FIG. 7C shows dose-dependent inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike- pseudotyped lentivirus infection by SAI4.
- FIGs. 8A to 8C show definition of the binding mode using Molecular Dynamics Simulation and MM/GBSA Per-residue Energy Decomposition.
- FIG. 8A shows the trajectory of SAI4 with SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD illustrated as cluster of snapshots.
- FIG. 8B shows the trajectory of SAI4 with SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD illustrated as cluster of snapshots.
- FIG. 8B shows amino acid residues that make the most significant contribution to the SARS- CoV-2 Spike RBD-SAI4 binding.
- FIG. 8C shows the MM/GBSA energy calculation and per-residue decomposition of SAI4 interaction with Spike RBD protein pocket.
- FIG.9 shows SAI4-mediated inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 viral entry occurs at both engineered and physiological ACE2 levels. Inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus infection by SAI4 in indicated cell lines.
- Luciferase-encoding SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentiviruses were incubated with indicated concentration of SAI4 or diluent control (DMSO) for 1 h prior to infection of indicated cells (HEK293T-Ace2, A549- Ace2, H1299, and Calu-3). Infection was measured as relative luciferase expression 48 h post-infection. The luciferase signal obtained for the diluent control was set to 100%. Graphs indicate the percentage of infected cells normalized to the diluent control. Bars represent averages from three independent experiments, performed in triplicate, with data points from individual experiments shown as circles. Error bars represent standard deviations.
- FIG. 10 shows SAI4-mediated inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 variants of concern.
- Luciferase-encoding indicated SARS-CoV-2 Spike- pseudotyped lentiviruses were incubated with indicated concentration of SAI4 or diluent control (DMSO) for 1 h prior to infection of 293T-ACE2 cells. Infection was measured as relative luciferase expression 48 h post-infection.
- the luciferase signal obtained for the diluent control was set to 100%.
- Graphs indicate the percentage of infected cells normalized to the diluent control. Bars represent averages from three independent experiments, performed in triplicate, with data points from individual experiments shown as circles. Error bars represent standard deviations. Percent infections were compared to the diluent control using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test.
- FIGs. 11A and 11B show inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 infection. SARS-CoV-2 was incubated with indicated concentrations of SAI4 or diluent control (DMSO) for 1 h prior to infection of Vero E6 cells.
- FIG. 6B shows representative bright field microscope images showing immunostaining for SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid (N) protein.
- FIG. 6C shows virus titers in supernatants from infected cells. Bars represent averages from triplicate infections with individual data points shown as circles. Error bars represent standard deviations. Virus titers were compared to the diluent control using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test.
- FIGs.12A and 12B show inhibition of HCoV-NL63 infection by SAI4.
- HCoV-NL63 was incubated with indicated concentrations of SAI4 or diluent control (DMSO) for 1 h prior to infection of LLC-MK2 cells. Cytopathic effects and virus titers in the supernatants were analyzed at 72 h post-infection.
- FIG. 12A shows representative bright field microscope images showing cytopathic effects.
- FIG12B shows virus titers in supernatants from LLC-MK2 cells. Bars represent averages from triplicate infections with individual data points shown as circles. Error bars represent standard deviations. Virus titers were compared to the diluent control using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test.
- ANOVA analysis of variance
- FIG.13 shows design of macrocyclic peptides targeting the RBD cavity.
- FIGs. 14A and 14B show percentage inhibition after 1 hour and 2 hour virus incubation with macrocyclic peptide cyclo(WYNEEDY).
- FIG.15 shows percentage inhibition with macrocylic peptides 1, 2, and 3.
- FIGs.16A and 16B show SAI4 activity against VSV-G with 1 hour virus incubation at 50 ⁇ M (FIG.16A) or 25 ⁇ M (FIG.16B).
- FIG.17A shows percent inhibition with SAI1-SAI10 at 2 mM, 20 ⁇ M, and 200 nM.
- FIG.17B shows percent inhibition with SIA3 at 1 mM, 10 ⁇ M, and 100 nM.
- FIG.18 provides exemplary compounds described herein.
- FIG.19 provides a synthetic scheme for making the compounds described herein.
- FIGs. 20A and 20B show SAI4 potency (IC 50 ) (FIG. 20A) and SAI4 cytotoxicity (CC 50 ) (FIG. 20B). This was used to calculate a selectivity index (CC 50 / IC 50 ) (399/17.4) that is >23.
- FIGs. 21A to 21E show SAI4 inhibits viral entry of Ancestral/Wuhan (FIG. 21A), B.1.1.7/Alpha (FIG. 21B), B.1.351v2/Beta (FIG. 21C), P.1/Gamma (FIG.
- FIGs. 22A and 22B show SAI4 inhibits infection of genuine SARS-CoV-2.
- FIGs. 22A and 22B show N protein immunostaining (FIG.22A) and viral titers (FIG.22B) after treatment with DMSO or 25 ⁇ M, 50 ⁇ M, or 100 ⁇ M SAI4.
- FIGs. 23A to 23G show SAI4 efficacy in small animal model of SARS-CoV-2 infection.
- FIG. 23A illustrates how four-week-old SPF C57BL/6 female mice were intraperitoneally delivered 5 mg/kg SA14 or PBS (control) 24 h and 3 h before intranasal infection with 5 ⁇ 10 4 PFU of MA SARS-CoV-2 strain in 20 ⁇ l of DMEM. PBS or SA14 was administered every 24hr for the remainder of the study. Body weight were measured daily. On three days after infection, mice were euthanized, and left lung and nasal turbinate were collected and homogenized for virus titration.
- FIG. 23B shows viral titers after treatment with saline or SAI4.
- FIGs.23C to 23G show IL-6 (FIG.23C), IFN- ⁇ (FIG.23D), IFN- ⁇ (FIG. 23E), TNF- ⁇ (FIG. 23F), and IL-10 (FIG. 23G) cytokine expression after treatment with saline or SAI4.
- FIGS. 24-26 show exemplary synthetic scheme for synthesizing the compounds described herein.
- FIG.27 shows the dose-dependent inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus infection by SAI4 enantiomers and analogs.
- Dose response curves of the indicated SAI4 [SOH-I-55-01], its enantiomers [SAI4-A(S) and SAI4-B(R)] and its analog [SOH-I-41-01] generated by plotting the percent viral inhibition (y-axis) against the log transformation of SAP concentration (mM, x-axis). Each data point represents the average of five independent experiments, performed in duplicate. Error bars represent standard deviations. The dotted gray line indicates 50% viral inhibition used to determine the IC50 value. Computed IC50 values for the indicated inhibitor from five independent experiments ⁇ standard deviations are shown.
- FIG.28 shows the dose-dependent inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus infection by SAI4 analogs.
- Dose response curves of the indicated SAI4 analogs [SOH-II-91-01 and SOH-II-92-01] generated by plotting the percent viral inhibition (y-axis) against the log transformation of SAP concentration (mM, x-axis). Each data point represents a single experiment, performed in duplicate. Error bars represent deviation between the duplicates.
- the dotted gray line indicates 50% viral inhibition used to determine the IC50 value. Computed IC50 values for the indicated inhibitor from a single experiment are shown.
- each of the terms “by”, “comprising,” “comprises”, “comprised of,” “including,” “includes,” “included,” “involving,” “involves,” “involved,” and “such as” are used in their open, non-limiting sense and may be used interchangeably.
- the term “comprising” is intended to include examples and aspects encompassed by the terms “consisting essentially of” and “consisting of.”
- the term “consisting essentially of” is intended to include examples encompassed by the term “consisting of. It should be noted that ratios, concentrations, amounts, and other numerical data can be expressed herein in a range format.
- each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as “about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10” is also disclosed. Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms a further aspect. For example, if the value “about 10” is disclosed, then “10” is also disclosed.
- a further aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value.
- ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in the disclosure, e.g. the phrase “x to y” includes the range from ‘x’ to ‘y’ as well as the range greater than ‘x’ and less than ‘y’.
- the range can also be expressed as an upper limit, e.g. ‘about x, y, z, or less’ and should be interpreted to include the specific ranges of ‘about x’, ‘about y’, and ‘about z’ as well as the ranges of ‘less than x’, less than y’, and ‘less than z’.
- the phrase ‘about x, y, z, or greater’ should be interpreted to include the specific ranges of ‘about x’, ‘about y’, and ‘about z’ as well as the ranges of ‘greater than x’, greater than y’, and ‘greater than z’.
- the phrase “about ‘x’ to ‘y’”, where ‘x’ and ‘y’ are numerical values, includes “about ‘x’ to about ‘y’”.
- a numerical range of “about 0.1% to 5%” should be interpreted to include not only the explicitly recited values of about 0.1% to about 5%, but also include individual values (e.g., about 1%, about 2%, about 3%, and about 4%) and the sub-ranges (e.g., about 0.5% to about 1.1%; about 5% to about 2.4%; about 0.5% to about 3.2%, and about 0.5% to about 4.4%, and other possible sub-ranges) within the indicated range.
- a component is in an amount of about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, or 5%, where any value can be a lower and upper endpoint of a range, then any range is contemplated between 1% and 5% (e.g., 1% to 3%, 2% to 4%, etc.).
- the terms “about,” “approximate,” “at or about,” and “substantially” mean that the amount or value in question can be the exact value or a value that provides equivalent results or effects as recited in the claims or taught herein.
- the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds.
- the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds.
- Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described below.
- the permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
- the heteroatoms such as nitrogen
- the heteroatoms can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms.
- This disclosure is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds.
- substitution or “substituted with” include the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
- substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted).
- the position of a substituent can be defined relative to the positions of other substituents in an aromatic ring.
- a second substituent can be “ortho,” “para,” or “meta” to the R group, meaning that the second substituent is bonded to a carbon labeled ortho, para, or meta as indicated below. Combinations of ortho, para, and meta substituents relative to a given group or substituent are also envisioned and should be considered to be disclosed.
- a 1 ,” “A 2 ,” “A 3 ,” and “A 4 ” are used herein as generic symbols to represent various specific substituents. These symbols can be any substituent, not limited to those disclosed herein, and when they are defined to be certain substituents in one instance, they can, in another instance, be defined as some other substituents.
- aliphatic groups contain 1-20 carbon atoms.
- Aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
- alkyl as used herein is a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n- butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, s-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like.
- the alkyl group can be cyclic or acyclic.
- the alkyl group can be branched or unbranched.
- the alkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
- a “lower alkyl” group is an alkyl group containing from one to six (e.g., from one to four) carbon atoms.
- alkyl group can also be a C1 alkyl, C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C9 alkyl, C1-C10 alkyl, and the like up to and including a C1-C24 alkyl.
- alkyl is generally used to refer to both unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however, substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein by identifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group.
- halogenated alkyl or “haloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halide, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- halogenated alkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halide, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- monohaloalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with a single halide, e.g. fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- polyhaloalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is independently substituted with two or more halides, i.e.
- alkoxyalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, as described below.
- aminoalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more amino groups.
- hydroxyalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more hydroxy groups.
- alkyl is used in one instance and a specific term such as “hydroxyalkyl” is used in another, it is not meant to imply that the term “alkyl” does not also refer to specific terms such as “hydroxyalkyl” and the like. This practice is also used for other groups described herein.
- cycloalkyl refers to both unsubstituted and substituted cycloalkyl moieties
- the substituted moieties can, in addition, be specifically identified herein; for example, a particular substituted cycloalkyl can be referred to as, e.g., an “alkylcycloalkyl.”
- a substituted alkoxy can be specifically referred to as, e.g., a “halogenated alkoxy”
- a particular substituted alkenyl can be, e.g., an “alkenylalcohol,” and the like.
- cycloalkyl is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms.
- examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, and the like.
- heterocycloalkyl is a type of cycloalkyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
- the cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
- the term “araalkyl” as used is an alkyl group as defined herein where one or more hydrogen atoms is substituted wit an aryl group as defined herein.
- alkylene or “alkanediyl” as used herein, refers to a divalent saturated aliphatic group, with one or two saturated carbon atom(s) as the point(s) of attachment, a linear or branched, cyclo, cyclic or acyclic structure, no carbon-carbon double or triple bonds, and no atoms other than carbon and hydrogen.
- the groups, —CH 2 — (methylene), —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 —, and —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 — are non-limiting examples of alkanediyl groups.
- the alkylene group has the formula –(C b HR 4 ) m –, wherein R 4 is hydrogen or an alkyl group and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
- R 4 is hydrogen or an alkyl group and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
- alkoxy and alkoxyl as used herein to refer to an alkyl or cycloalkyl group bonded through an ether linkage; that is, an “alkoxy” group can be defined as — OA 1 where A 1 is alkyl or cycloalkyl as defined above.
- Alkoxy also includes polymers of alkoxy groups as just described; that is, an alkoxy can be a polyether such as —OA 1 — OA 2 or —OA 1 —(OA 2 ) a —OA 3 , where “a” is an integer of from 1 to 200 and A 1 , A 2 , and A 3 are alkyl and/or cycloalkyl groups.
- the alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
- Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, norbornenyl, and the like.
- heterocycloalkenyl is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
- the cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
- alkynyl as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
- the alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
- cycloalkynyl as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bound.
- cycloalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and the like.
- heterocycloalkynyl is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
- the cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
- aromatic group refers to a ring structure having cyclic clouds of delocalized ⁇ electrons above and below the plane of the molecule, where the ⁇ clouds contain (4n+2) ⁇ electrons.
- aromaticity is found in Morrison and Boyd, Organic Chemistry, (5th Ed., 1987), Chapter 13, entitled “ Aromaticity,” pages 477-497, incorporated herein by reference.
- aromatic group is inclusive of both aryl and heteroaryl groups.
- aryl as used herein is a group that contains any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene, phenyl, biphenyl, anthracene, and the like.
- the aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the aryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, ⁇ NH 2 , carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
- biasing is a specific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of “aryl.”
- the aryl group can be a single ring structure or comprise multiple ring structures that are either fused ring structures or attached via one or more bridging groups such as a carbon-carbon bond.
- biaryl to two aryl groups that are bound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl.
- Fused aryl groups including, but not limited to, indene and naphthalene groups are also contemplated.
- aldehyde as used herein is represented by the formula -C(O)H.
- amine or “amino” as used herein are represented by the formula — NA 1 A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, hydrogen or alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. A specific example of amino is ⁇ NH 2 .
- alkylamino as used herein is represented by the formula —NH(-alkyl) and —N(-alkyl) 2 , where alkyl is a described herein.
- Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino group, ethylamino group, propylamino group, isopropylamino group, butylamino group, isobutylamino group, (sec-butyl)amino group, (tert-butyl)amino group, pentylamino group, isopentylamino group, (tert-pentyl)amino group, hexylamino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dipropylamino group, diisopropylamino group, dibutylamino group, diisobutylamino group, di(sec-butyl)amino group, di(tert-butyl)amino group, dipentylamino group, diisopentylamino group, di(tert- pentyl)amino group, dihexylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methyla
- carboxylic acid as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)OH.
- esteer as used herein is represented by the formula —OC(O)A 1 or — C(O)OA 1 , where A 1 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- ether as used herein is represented by the formula A 1 OA 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein.
- a 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein.
- halo halogen or halide
- heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl group containing at least one heteroatom.
- heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized.
- Heteroalkyls can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups.
- the term “heteroaryl” as used herein refers to an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus, where N-oxides, sulfur oxides, and dioxides are permissible heteroatom substitutions.
- the heteroaryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- heteroaryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
- Heteroaryl groups can be monocyclic, or alternatively fused ring systems.
- Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, N- methylpyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, and pyrazolopyrimidinyl.
- heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzo[d]oxazolyl, benzo[d]thiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, indazolyl, imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazinyl, benzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazolyl, benzo[c][1,2,5]oxadiazolyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl.
- heterocycle or “heterocyclyl,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to single and multi-cyclic aromatic or non-aromatic ring systems in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon.
- the term is inclusive of, but not limited to, “heterocycloalkyl,” “heteroaryl,” “bicyclic heterocycle,” and “polycyclic heterocycle.”
- Heterocycle includes pyridine, pyrimidine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, oxazole, including, 1,2,3- oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole, thiadiazole, including, 1,2,3- thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, and 1,3,4-thiadiazole, triazole, including, 1,2,3-trifluor acid
- heterocyclyl group can also be a C2 heterocyclyl, C2-C3 heterocyclyl, C2-C4 heterocyclyl, C2-C5 heterocyclyl, C2-C6 heterocyclyl, C2-C7 heterocyclyl, C2-C8 heterocyclyl, C2-C9 heterocyclyl, C2-C10 heterocyclyl, C2-C11 heterocyclyl, and the like up to and including a C2-C18 heterocyclyl.
- a C2 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has two carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, aziridinyl, diazetidinyl, dihydrodiazetyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, and the like.
- a C5 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has five carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, diazepanyl, pyridinyl, and the like.
- a heterocyclyl group may be bound either through a heteroatom in the ring, where chemically possible, or one of carbons comprising the heterocyclyl ring.
- the term “bicyclic heterocycle” or “bicyclic heterocyclyl” as used herein refers to a ring system in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon. Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein an aromatic ring is fused with another aromatic ring, or wherein an aromatic ring is fused with a non-aromatic ring.
- Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein a benzene ring is fused to a 5- or a 6- membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms or wherein a pyridine ring is fused to a 5- or a 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms.
- Bicyclic heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, indolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, benzofuranyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-chromenyl, 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-3-yl; 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl; and 1H-pyrazolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl.
- heterocycloalkyl refers to an aliphatic, partially unsaturated or fully saturated, 3- to 14-membered ring system, including single rings of 3 to 8 atoms and bi- and tricyclic ring systems.
- the heterocycloalkyl ring-systems include one to four heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein a nitrogen and sulfur heteroatom optionally can be oxidized and a nitrogen heteroatom optionally can be substituted.
- heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, and tetrahydrofuryl.
- hydroxyl or “hydroxy” as used herein is represented by the formula — OH.
- ketone as used herein is represented by the formula A 1 C(O)A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- Azide or “azido” as used herein is represented by the formula —N 3 .
- nitro as used herein is represented by the formula —NO 2 .
- nitrile or “cyano” as used herein is represented by the formula —CN.
- sil as used herein is represented by the formula —SiA 1 A 2 A 3 , where A 1 , A 2 , and A 3 can be, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- sulfonyl is used herein to refer to the sulfo-oxo group represented by the formula —S(O) 2 A 1 , where A 1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- a 1 S(O) 2 A 2 is represented by the formula A 1 S(O) 2 A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- sulfoxide as used herein is represented by the formula A 1 S(O)A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
- thiol as used herein is represented by the formula -SH.
- R 1 ,” “R 2 ,” “R 3 ,”... “R n ,” where n is an integer, as used herein can, independently, possess one or more of the groups listed above.
- R 1 is a straight chain alkyl group
- one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a halide, and the like.
- a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (i.e., attached) to the second group.
- an alkyl group comprising an amino group the amino group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group.
- the amino group can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group.
- the nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group.
- compounds of the invention may contain “optionally substituted” moieties.
- substituted whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent.
- an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
- Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds.
- individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted).
- Suitable monovalent substituents on Rq are independently halogen, (CH 2 ) 0-2 R ⁇ , -(haloR ⁇ ), -(CH 2 ) 0-2 OH, -(CH 2 ) 0-2 OR ⁇ , -(CH 2 ) 0-2 CH(OR ⁇ ) 2 ; -O(haloR ⁇ ), –CN, –N 3 , –(CH 2 ) 0–2 C(O)R ⁇ , –(CH 2 ) 0–2 C(O)OH, –(CH 2 ) 0– 2 C(O)OR ⁇ , -(CH 2 ) 0-2 SR ⁇ , -(CH 2 ) 0-2 SH, –(CH 2 ) 0–2 NH 2 , –(CH 2 ) 0–2 NHR ⁇ , -(CH 2 )
- Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an “optionally substituted” group include: –O(CR * 2 ) 2–3 O–, wherein each independent occurrence of R * is selected from hydrogen, C 1–6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5–6–membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0–4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R * include halogen, -R ⁇ , -(haloR ⁇ ), -OH, –OR ⁇ , –O(haloR ⁇ ), –CN, -C(O)OH, -C(O)OR ⁇ , -NH 2 , -NHR ⁇ , –NR ⁇ 2, or –NO 2 , wherein each R ⁇ is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C 1–4 aliphatic, –CH 2 Ph, –O(CH 2 ) 0–1 Ph, or a 5–6–membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0– 4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an “optionally substituted” group include –R ⁇ , –NR ⁇ 2 , –C(O)R ⁇ , –C(O)OR ⁇ , –C(O)C(O)R ⁇ , –C(O)CH 2 C(O)R ⁇ , –S(O) 2 R ⁇ , -S(O) 2 NR ⁇ 2 , –C(S)NR ⁇ 2 , –C(NH)NR ⁇ 2 , or –N(R ⁇ )S(O) 2 R ⁇ ; wherein each R ⁇ is independently hydrogen, C 1–6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted –OPh, or an unsubstituted 5–6–membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0–4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two
- Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R ⁇ are independently halogen, –R ⁇ , -(haloR ⁇ ), –OH, –OR ⁇ , –O(haloR ⁇ ), –CN, –C(O)OH, –C(O)OR ⁇ ,–NH 2 , -NHR ⁇ , -NR ⁇ 2, or –NO 2 , wherein each R ⁇ is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C 1–4 aliphatic, –CH 2 Ph, –O(CH 2 ) 0–1 Ph, or a 5–6–membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0–4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- Compounds described herein can contain one or more double bonds and, thus, potentially give rise to cis/trans (E/Z) isomers, as well as other conformational isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible isomers, as well as mixtures of such isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, a formula with chemical bonds shown only as solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates each possible isomer, e.g., each enantiomer and diastereomer, and a mixture of isomers, such as a racemic or scalemic mixture. Compounds described herein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and, thus, potentially give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers.
- the present invention includes all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Mixtures of stereoisomers, as well as isolated specific stereoisomers, are also included. During the course of the synthetic procedures used to prepare such compounds, or in using racemization or epimerization procedures known to those skilled in the art, the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms having the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s).
- d and l or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or l meaning that the compound is levorotatory.
- a compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory.
- these compounds, called stereoisomers are identical except that they are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.
- a specific stereoisomer can also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture.
- a 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture.
- one of the bonds to the chiral carbon can be depicted as a wedge (bonds to atoms above the plane) and the other can be depicted as a series or wedge of short parallel lines is (bonds to atoms below the plane).
- the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system can be used to assign the (R) or (S) configuration to a chiral carbon.
- the stereochemistry is substantially R or substantially S
- the stereochemistry is defined as a compound having an enantiomeric excess of one enantiomeric excess of one enantiomer relative to the other enantiomer in the amount greater than 90% enantiomeric excess, greater than 95% enantiomeric excess, greater than 99% enantiomeric excess, or 100% enantiomeric excess.
- Compounds described herein comprise atoms in both their natural isotopic abundance and in non-natural abundance.
- the disclosed compounds can be isotopically- labeled or isotopically-substituted compounds identical to those described, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature.
- isotopes examples include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 O, 35 S, 18 F, and 36 Cl, respectively.
- Compounds further comprise prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds or of said prodrugs which contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention.
- Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays.
- Tritiated, i.e., 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14 C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2 H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances.
- Isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures below, by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non- isotopically labeled reagent. The compounds described in the invention can be present as a solvate.
- the solvent used to prepare the solvate is an aqueous solution, and the solvate is then often referred to as a hydrate.
- the compounds can be present as a hydrate, which can be obtained, for example, by crystallization from a solvent or from aqueous solution.
- one, two, three or any arbitrary number of solvent or water molecules can combine with the compounds according to the invention to form solvates and hydrates.
- the invention includes all such possible solvates.
- certain compounds described herein can be present as an equilibrium of tautomers. For example, ketones with an ⁇ -hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the keto form and the enol form.
- amides with an N-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the amide form and the imidic acid form.
- the invention includes all such possible tautomers. It is known that chemical substances form solids which are present in different states of order which are termed polymorphic forms or modifications. The different modifications of a polymorphic substance can differ greatly in their physical properties.
- the compounds according to the invention can be present in different polymorphic forms, with it being possible for particular modifications to be metastable. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible polymorphic forms.
- a structure of a compound can be represented by a formula: , which is understood to be equivalent to a formula: , wherein n is typically an integer.
- R n is understood to represent five independent substituents, R n(a) , R n(b) , R n(c) , R n(d) , and R n(e) .
- independent substituents it is meant that each R substituent can be independently defined.
- R n(a) is halogen
- R n(b) is not necessarily halogen in that instance.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts means salts of the active principal agents which are prepared with acids or bases that are tolerated by a biological system or tolerated by a subject or tolerated by a biological system and tolerated by a subject when administered in a therapeutically effective amount.
- base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
- pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include, but are not limited to; sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, magnesium salt, lithium salt, strontium salt or a similar salt.
- acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include, but are not limited to; those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like.
- inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic
- prodrug represents those prodrugs of the compounds of the present disclosure which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use.
- Prodrugs of the present disclosure can be rapidly transformed in vivo to a parent compound having a structure of a disclosed compound, for example, by hydrolysis in blood. A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V.
- dose can refer to physically discrete units suitable for use in a subject, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of a disclosed compound and/or a pharmaceutical composition thereof calculated to produce the desired response or responses in association with its administration.
- administering can refer to an administration that is oral, topical, intravenous, subcutaneous, transcutaneous, transdermal, intramuscular, intra-joint, parenteral, intra-arteriole, intradermal, intraventricular, intraosseous, intraocular, intracranial, intraperitoneal, intralesional, intranasal, intracardiac, intraarticular, intracavernous, intrathecal, intravireal, intracerebral, and intracerebroventricular, intratympanic, intracochlear, rectal, vaginal, by inhalation, by catheters, stents or via an implanted reservoir or other device that administers, either actively or passively (e.g.
- a composition the perivascular space and adventitia can contain a composition or formulation disposed on its surface, which can then dissolve or be otherwise distributed to the surrounding tissue and cells.
- parenteral can include subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra- articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional, and intracranial injections or infusion techniques. Administration can be continuous or intermittent.
- a preparation can be administered therapeutically; that is, administered to treat an existing disease or condition.
- a preparation can be administered prophylactically; that is, administered for prevention of a disease or condition.
- subject refers to any individual who is the target of administration or treatment.
- the subject can be a vertebrate, for example, a mammal.
- the subject can be a human or veterinary patient.
- patient refers to a subject under the treatment of a clinician, e.g., physician.
- therapeutically effective refers to the amount of the composition used is of sufficient quantity to ameliorate one or more causes or symptoms of a disease or disorder. Such amelioration only requires a reduction or alteration, not necessarily elimination.
- treatment refers to the medical management of a patient with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent a disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
- treatment refers to the medical management of a patient with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent a disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
- active treatment that is, treatment directed specifically toward the improvement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder
- causal treatment that is, treatment directed toward removal of the cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
- this term includes palliative treatment, that is, treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing of the disease, pathological condition, or disorder; preventative treatment, that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially or completely inhibiting the development of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder; and supportive treatment, that is, treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directed toward the improvement of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
- prevent or “preventing” refers to precluding, averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something from happening, especially by advance action. It is understood that where reduce, inhibit or prevent are used herein, unless specifically indicated otherwise, the use of the other two words is also expressly disclosed.
- inhibitor refers to a decrease in an activity, response, condition, disease, or other biological parameter. This can include but is not limited to the complete ablation of the activity, response, condition, or disease. This may also include, for example, a 10% reduction in the activity, response, condition, or disease as compared to the native or control level. Thus, the reduction can be a 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100%, or any amount of reduction in between as compared to native or control levels. Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no way intended that any method set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order.
- A-D a class of molecules A, B, and C are disclosed as well as a class of molecules D, E, and F and an example of a combination molecule, A-D is disclosed, then even if each is not individually recited each is individually and collectively contemplated meaning combinations, A-E, A-F, B-D, B-E, B-F, C-D, C-E, and C-F are considered disclosed. Likewise, any subset or combination of these is also disclosed. Thus, for example, the sub-group of A-E, B-F, and C-E would be considered disclosed. This concept applies to all aspects of this application including, but not limited to, steps in methods of making and using the compositions of the invention.
- compositions disclosed herein have certain functions. Disclosed herein are certain structural requirements for performing the disclosed functions, and it is understood that there are a variety of structures that can perform the same function that are related to the disclosed structures, and that these structures will typically achieve the same result. As used herein, the terms “optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not. Unless otherwise specified, temperatures referred to herein are based on atmospheric pressure (i.e. one atmosphere).
- the compounds described herein have the structure I or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof I wherein X and Y are independently CR 4 or N, where R 4 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group; R 6 is hydrogen or Z is O or S; W is NH or a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group; R 1 and R 3 are independently, hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, alkoxy, halo substituted alkoxy, -CN, -COOH, -COOR 5 , -
- X and Y in structure I are CH. In another aspect, X is CH and Y is N in structure I. In another aspect, X is N and Y is CR 4 . in structure I. In one aspect, R 4 is hydrogen or a C1-C6 alkyl group in structure I. In one aspect, R 6 is hydrogen in structure I. In another aspect, R 6 in structure I is -C(Z)WR 3 , wherein Z is O and W is NH.
- R 3 in structure I is a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
- R 3 in structure I is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.
- R 3 in structure I is an unsubstituted phenyl group.
- R 3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
- R 1 in structure I is hydrogen.
- R 2a in structure I is hydrogen.
- R 2a in structure I is hydrogen and R 2b is a C1-C6 alkyl group, an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, or -CONHR 5 or -N(R 5 ) 2 , where R 5 is a C1-C6 alkyl group, an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, or hydrogen.
- R 2a and R 2b in structure I are part of a heteroaryl group.
- R 2a and R 2b in structure I has the structure or wherein Z 1 and Z 2 are independently N or CR 4 , wherein R 4 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group.
- Z 1 is N and Z 2 is CR 4 . In another aspect, Z 1 is CR 4 and Z 2 is N. In one aspect, the compound has the structure II, III, IV, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein each variable in structure II-IV is defined above with respect to structure I.
- W in structure II-IV is NH. In one aspect, W in structure II-IV is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkylene group. In one aspect, W is -(C b HR 7 ) m –, wherein R 7 is hydrogen or an alkyl group and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
- R 7 in structure II-IV is an alkyl group, the stereochemistry C b is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic. In one aspect, R 7 in structure II-IV is an alkyl group and m is 1. In one aspect, R 7 in structure II-IV is hydrogen or a methyl group and m is 1. In one aspect, R 3 in structure II-IV is a C1-C6 alkyl group. In another aspect, R 3 in structure II-IV is a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group. In another aspect, R 3 in structure II-IV is a cyclopropyl group or a cyclopentyl group. In one aspect, R 3 in structure II-IV is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
- R 2 in structure II is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
- R 2b in structure II is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.
- R 2b in structure II is -CONHR 5 .
- R 5 in structure II is a C1-C6 alkyl group or an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.
- the compound has the structure V or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
- R 3 in structure V is a cycloalkyl group.
- R 3 in structure V is a cycloalkyl group and R 5 is a C1-C5 alkyl group.
- the compound has the structure VI or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
- the compound has the structure VII or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof where R 8 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (e.g., phenyl group), R 9 is hydrogen or an alkyl group, and the stereochemistry at carbons a and b is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic.
- the compound is provided in FIG. 18.
- the compound has the structure
- the compound has the structure which is referred to herein SAI4.
- the compounds described herein can be produced as racemic mixtures or as enantiomerically pure compounds.
- the stereochemistry at carbon a in structure I can be substantially R, substantially S, or racemic.
- a compound having the structure I can be synthesized as the racemic compound, where each enantiomer is subsequently separated from the racemic mixture. Exemplary methods for separating enantiomers from a racemic mixture are provided in the Examples.
- compounds having the structure I can be diastereoisomers. For example, when X is structure I is an alkylene group having the formula –(C b HR 4 ) m –, where R 4 is an alkyl group, two chiral centers are present in the structure. Using techniques known in the art, the diastereoisomers can be separated from one another.
- the compounds described herein can be produced by the general reaction scheme provided in FIG. 19. Exemplary methods for producing compounds described herein, as well as characterization information, are provided in the Examples as well as FIGS. 24-26. Solvents, temperatures, and other reaction conditions may vary according to the specific substituents in the compound being synthesized. Methods of Treatment and Administration As disclosed herein, the pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of compounds disclosed herein are useful in treating and/or preventing viral infections that involve endocytic pathways (e.g., SARS-CoV-2 infection) and symptoms related to such a viral infection (e.g., fever, fatigue, dry cough, myalgias, dyspnea, acute respiratory distress syndrome, and pneumonia).
- endocytic pathways e.g., SARS-CoV-2 infection
- symptoms related to such a viral infection e.g., fever, fatigue, dry cough, myalgias, dyspnea, acute respiratory distress syndrome, and pneumonia.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein alone or in combination with at least one additional therapeutic agent (including, but not limited to, any pharmaceutical agent useful in treating SARS-CoV-2 infection and/or symptoms related to such a viral infection (e.g., fever, fatigue, dry cough, myalgias, dyspnea, acute respiratory distress syndrome, and pneumonia).
- the additional agent is one or more of hydroxychloroquine, dexamethasone, and remdesivir.
- the present invention provides methods for administering a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds of the present invention to a subject (e.g., a human subject) (e.g., a human subject suffering from or at risk of suffering from a condition related to SARS-CoV-2 infection (e.g., COVID-19)) for purposes of treating, preventing and/or ameliorating the symptoms of a viral infection (e.g., SARS-CoV-2 infection (e.g., COVID-19)).
- the methods are not limited treating, preventing and/or ameliorating the symptoms of a particular type or kind of viral infection.
- the viral infection is a SARS-CoV-2 related viral infection (e.g., COVID-19).
- administration of the pharmaceutical composition blocks the interaction of SARS-CoV-2 Spike protein with ACE2 within cells of the subject.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein is co-administered with one or more of hydroxychloroquine, dexamethasone, and remdesivir.
- the pharmaceutical composition is configured for any manner of administration (e.g., oral, intravenous, topical).
- the subject is a human subject.
- the subject is a human subject suffering from or at risk of suffering from a condition related to SARS-CoV-2 infection (e.g., COVID-19).
- the viral infection is a SARS-CoV-2 viral infection.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions are administered in combination with a known agent to treat respiratory diseases.
- Known or standard agents or therapies that are used to treat respiratory diseases include, anti- asthma agent/therapies, anti-rhinitis agents/therapies, anti-sinusitis agents/therapies, anti-emphysema agents/therapies, anti-bronchitis agents/therapies or anti-chronic obstructive pulmonary disease agents/therapies.
- Anti-asthma agents/therapies include mast cell degranulation agents, leukotriene inhibitors, corticosteroids, beta-antagonists, IgE binding inhibitors, anti-CD23 antibody, tryptase inhibitors, and VIP agonists.
- Anti- allergic rhinitis agents/therapies include HI antihistamines, alpha-adrenergic agents, and glucocorticoids.
- Anti-chronic sinusitis therapies include, but are not limited to surgery, corticosteroids, antibiotics, anti-fungal agents, salt-water nasal washes or sprays, anti- inflammatory agents, decongestants, guaifensesin, potassium iodide, luekotriene inhibitors, mast cell degranulating agents, topical moisterizing agents, hot air inhalation, mechanical breathing devices, enzymatic cleaners and antihistamine sprays.
- kits comprising a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein, and one or more of (1) a container, pack, or dispenser, (2) one or more additional agents selected from hydroxychloroquine, dexamethasone, and remdesivir, and (3) instructions for administration.
- compositions within the scope of this invention include all pharmaceutical compositions contained in an amount that is effective to achieve its intended purpose. While individual needs vary, determination of optimal ranges of effective amounts of each component is within the skill of the art.
- the pharmaceutical agents may be administered to mammals, e.g. humans, orally at a dose of 0.0025 to 50 mg/kg, or an equivalent amount of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, per day of the body weight of the mammal being treated. In one embodiment, about 0.01 to about 25 mg/kg is orally administered to treat, ameliorate, or prevent such disorders. For intramuscular injection, the dose is generally about one-half of the oral dose.
- a suitable intramuscular dose would be about 0.0025 to about 25 mg/kg, or from about 0.01 to about 5 mg/kg.
- the unit oral dose may comprise from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg, for example, about 0.1 to about 100 mg of the inhibiting agent.
- the unit dose may be administered one or more times daily as one or more tablets or capsules each containing from about 0.1 to about 10 mg, conveniently about 0.25 to 50 mg of the agent (e.g., small molecule) or its solvates.
- a compound disclosed herein may be present at a concentration of about 0.01 to 100 mg per gram of carrier.
- compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one disclosed compound, at least one product of a disclosed method, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers means one or more of a pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, preservatives, antioxidants, solubilizers, emulsifiers, coloring agents, releasing agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, and adjuvants.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions comprise a therapeutically effective amount of at least one disclosed compound, at least one product of a disclosed method, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, optionally one or more other therapeutic agent, and optionally one or more adjuvant.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions include those suitable for oral, rectal, topical, pulmonary, nasal, and parenteral administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical composition can be formulated to allow administration orally, nasally, via inhalation, parenterally, paracancerally, transmucosally, transdermally, intramuscularly, intravenously, intradermally, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intraventricularly, intracranially and intratumorally.
- parenteral administration includes administration by bolus injection or infusion, as well as administration by intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticular, subcapsular subarachnoid, intraspinal, epidural and intrasternal injection and infusion.
- the present disclosure also relates to a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent and, as active ingredient, a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a hydrate thereof, a solvate thereof, a polymorph thereof, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof.
- a disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a hydrate thereof, a solvate thereof, a polymorph thereof, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof, or any subgroup or combination thereof may be formulated into various pharmaceutical forms for administration purposes.
- the compounds of the present disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, of the present disclosure can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
- the carrier can take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous).
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure can be presented as discrete units suitable for oral administration such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient.
- compositions can be presented as a powder, as granules, as a solution, as a suspension in an aqueous liquid, as a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water emulsion or as a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
- the compounds of the present disclosure, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s) thereof can also be administered by controlled release means and/or delivery devices.
- the compositions can be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy. In general, such methods include a step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier that constitutes one or more necessary ingredients.
- compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both.
- the product can then be conveniently shaped into the desired presentation. It is especially advantageous to formulate the aforementioned pharmaceutical compositions in unit dosage form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
- unit dosage form refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active ingredient calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
- a “unit dosage form” is taken to mean a single dose wherein all active and inactive ingredients are combined in a suitable system, such that the patient or person administering the drug to the patient can open a single container or package with the entire dose contained therein and does not have to mix any components together from two or more containers or packages.
- Typical examples of unit dosage forms are tablets (including scored or coated tablets), capsules or pills for oral administration; single dose vials for injectable solutions or suspension; suppositories for rectal administration; powder packets; wafers; and segregated multiples thereof. This list of unit dosage forms is not intended to be limiting in any way, but merely to represent typical examples of unit dosage forms.
- compositions disclosed herein comprise a compound of the present disclosure (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and optionally one or more additional therapeutic agents.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- a disclosed compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can also be included in a pharmaceutical composition in combination with one or more other therapeutically active compounds.
- the instant compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered.
- compositions can be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Techniques and compositions for making dosage forms useful for materials and methods described herein are described, for example, in the following references: Modern Pharmaceutics, Chapters 9 and 10 (Banker & Rhodes, Editors, 1979); Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets (Lieberman et al., 1981); Ansel, Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms 2nd Edition (1976); Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed. (Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985); Advances in Pharmaceutical Sciences (David Ganderton, Trevor Jones, Eds., 1992); Advances in Pharmaceutical Sciences Vol 7.
- the compounds described herein are typically to be administered in admixture with suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients, extenders, or carriers (termed herein as a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, or a carrier) suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration and as consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices.
- suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients, extenders, or carriers suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration and as consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices.
- the deliverable compound will be in a form suitable for oral, rectal, topical, intravenous injection or parenteral administration.
- Carriers include solids or liquids, and the type of carrier is chosen based on the type of administration being used.
- the compounds may be administered as a dosage that has a known quantity of the compound. Because of the ease in administration, oral administration can be a preferred dosage form, and tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit forms in which case solid pharmaceutical carriers are obviously employed.
- compositions for oral dosage form may be suitable depending upon clinical population (e.g., age and severity of clinical condition), solubility properties of the specific disclosed compound used, and the like.
- the disclosed compounds can be used in oral dosage forms such as pills, powders, granules, elixirs, tinctures, suspensions, syrups, and emulsions.
- any convenient pharmaceutical media can be employed.
- oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions
- carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like
- oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets.
- tablets and capsules are the preferred oral dosage units whereby solid pharmaceutical carriers are employed.
- tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions in an oral dosage form can comprise one or more pharmaceutical excipient and/or additive.
- Non-limiting examples of suitable excipients and additives include gelatin, natural sugars such as raw sugar or lactose, lecithin, pectin, starches (for example corn starch or amylose), dextran, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl acetate, gum arabic, alginic acid, tylose, talcum, lycopodium, silica gel (for example colloidal), cellulose, cellulose derivatives (for example cellulose ethers in which the cellulose hydroxy groups are partially etherified with lower saturated aliphatic alcohols and/or lower saturated, aliphatic oxyalcohols, for example methyl oxypropyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate), fatty acids as well as magnesium, calcium or aluminum salts of fatty acids with 12 to 22 carbon atoms, in particular saturated (for example stearates), emulsifiers, oils and fats
- auxiliary substances useful in preparing an oral dosage form are those which cause disintegration (so-called disintegrants), such as: cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sodium carboxymethyl starch, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose or microcrystalline cellulose.
- Conventional coating substances may also be used to produce the oral dosage form.
- Plasticizing agents that may be considered as coating substances in the disclosed oral dosage forms are: citric and tartaric acid esters (acetyl-triethyl citrate, acetyl tributyl-, tributyl-, triethyl-citrate); glycerol and glycerol esters (glycerol diacetate, -triacetate, acetylated monoglycerides, castor oil); phthalic acid esters (dibutyl-, diamyl-, diethyl-, dimethyl-, dipropyl-phthalate), di-(2-methoxy- or 2-ethoxyethyl)-phthalate, ethylphthalyl glycolate, butylphthalylethyl glycolate and butylglycolate; alcohols (propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol of various chain lengths), adipates (diethyladipate, di-(2-methoxy- or 2-ethoxyethyl)
- suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, flow-inducing agents, and melting agents may be included as carriers.
- the pharmaceutical carrier employed can be, for example, a solid, liquid, or gas.
- solid carriers include, but are not limited to, lactose, terra alba, sucrose, glucose, methylcellulose, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, mannitol, sorbitol talc, starch, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, and stearic acid.
- liquid carriers are sugar syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, and water.
- gaseous carriers include carbon dioxide and nitrogen.
- a binder can include, for example, starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth, or sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, waxes, and the like.
- Lubricants used in these dosage forms include sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, and the like.
- a disintegrator can include, for example, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum, and the like.
- an oral dosage form such as a solid dosage form, can comprise a disclosed compound that is attached to polymers as targetable drug carriers or as a prodrug.
- Suitable biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug include, for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, caprolactones, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacylates, and hydrogels, preferably covalently crosslinked hydrogels. Tablets may contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
- excipients may be, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
- the tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
- a tablet containing a disclosed compound can be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients or adjuvants.
- Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
- a solid oral dosage form such as a tablet, can be coated with an enteric coating to prevent ready decomposition in the stomach.
- enteric coating agents include, but are not limited to, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, methacrylic acid-methacrylic acid ester copolymer, polyvinyl acetate-phthalate and cellulose acetate phthalate.
- Akihiko Hasegawa “Application of solid dispersions of Nifedipine with enteric coating agent to prepare a sustained-release dosage form” Chem. Pharm. Bull.33:1615-1619 (1985).
- enteric coating materials may be selected on the basis of testing to achieve an enteric coated dosage form designed ab initio to have a preferable combination of dissolution time, coating thicknesses and diametral crushing strength (e.g., see S. C. Porter et al.
- an oral dosage form can be a solid dispersion with a water soluble or a water insoluble carrier.
- an oral dosage form can be in a liquid dosage form, including those that are ingested, or alternatively, administered as a mouth wash or gargle.
- a liquid dosage form can include aqueous suspensions, which contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
- oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. Oily suspensions may also contain various excipients.
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions, which may also contain excipients such as sweetening and flavoring agents.
- water particularly sterile water, or physiologically acceptable organic solvents, such as alcohols (ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1,2-propylene glycol, polyglycols and their derivatives, fatty alcohols, partial esters of glycerol), oils (for example peanut oil, olive oil, sesame oil, almond oil, sunflower oil, soya bean oil, castor oil, bovine hoof oil), paraffins, dimethyl sulfoxide, triglycerides and the like.
- alcohols ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1,2-propylene glycol, polyglycols and their derivatives, fatty alcohols, partial esters of glycerol
- oils for example peanut oil, olive oil, sesame oil, almond oil, sunflower oil, soya bean oil, castor oil, bovine hoof oil
- paraffins dimethyl sulfoxide, triglycerides and the like.
- a liquid dosage form such as a drinkable solutions
- the following substances may be used as stabilizers or solubilizers: lower aliphatic mono- and multivalent alcohols with 2-4 carbon atoms, such as ethanol, n-propanol, glycerol, polyethylene glycols with molecular weights between 200-600 (for example 1 to 40% aqueous solution), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 1,2-propylene glycol, organic amides, for example amides of aliphatic C1-C6-carboxylic acids with ammonia or primary, secondary or tertiary C1-C4-amines or C1-C4-hydroxy amines such as urea, urethane, acetamide, N-methyl acetamide, N,N-diethyl acetamide, N,N-dimethyl acetamide, lower aliphatic amines and diamines with 2-6 carbon atoms, such as ethylene diamine,
- solubilizers and emulsifiers such as the following non-limiting examples can be used: polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sorbitan fatty acid esters such as sorbitan trioleate, phosphatides such as lecithin, acacia, tragacanth, polyoxyethylated sorbitan monooleate and other ethoxylated fatty acid esters of sorbitan, polyoxyethylated fats, polyoxyethylated oleotriglycerides, linolizated oleotriglycerides, polyethylene oxide condensation products of fatty alcohols, alkylphenols or fatty acids or also 1-methyl-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)imidazolidone-(2).
- solubilizers and emulsifiers such as the following non-limiting examples can be used: polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sorbitan fatty acid esters such as sorbitan trioleate, phosphatides such
- polyoxyethylated means that the substances in question contain polyoxyethylene chains, the degree of polymerization of which generally lies between 2 and 40 and in particular between 10 and 20.
- Polyoxyethylated substances of this kind may for example be obtained by reaction of hydroxyl group-containing compounds (for example mono- or diglycerides or unsaturated compounds such as those containing oleic acid radicals) with ethylene oxide (for example 40 Mol ethylene oxide per 1 Mol glyceride).
- hydroxyl group-containing compounds for example mono- or diglycerides or unsaturated compounds such as those containing oleic acid radicals
- ethylene oxide for example 40 Mol ethylene oxide per 1 Mol glyceride.
- oleotriglycerides are olive oil, peanut oil, castor oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, corn oil. See also Dr. H. P.
- a liquid dosage form can further comprise preservatives, stabilizers, buffer substances, flavor correcting agents, sweeteners, colorants, antioxidants and complex formers and the like.
- Complex formers which may be for example be considered are: chelate formers such as ethylene diamine retrascetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, diethylene triamine pentacetic acid and their salts. It may optionally be necessary to stabilize a liquid dosage form with physiologically acceptable bases or buffers to a pH range of approximately 6 to 9.
- a parenteral injection form, or an intravenous injectable form it can be advantageous to employ ⁇ -, ⁇ - or ⁇ -cyclodextrins or their derivatives, in particular hydroxyalkyl substituted cyclodextrins, e.g. 2-hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin or sulfobutyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin.
- co-solvents such as alcohols may improve the solubility and/or the stability of the compounds according to the present disclosure in pharmaceutical compositions.
- a disclosed liquid dosage form, a parenteral injection form, or an intravenous injectable form can further comprise liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles.
- Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines.
- suitable injection such as parenteral administration, such as intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous administration.
- Pharmaceutical compositions for injection can be prepared as solutions or suspensions of the active compounds in water.
- a suitable surfactant can be included such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose.
- Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils. Further, a preservative can be included to prevent the detrimental growth of microorganisms.
- Pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure suitable for parenteral administration can include sterile aqueous or oleaginous solutions, suspensions, or dispersions. Furthermore, the compositions can be in the form of sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of such sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In some aspects, the final injectable form is sterile and must be effectively fluid for use in a syringe.
- the pharmaceutical compositions should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage; thus, preferably should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), vegetable oils, and suitable mixtures thereof.
- injectable solutions for example, can be prepared in which the carrier comprises saline solution, glucose solution or a mixture of saline and glucose solution. Injectable suspensions may also be prepared in which case appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like may be employed.
- a disclosed parenteral formulation can comprise about 0.01-0.1 M, e.g.
- a disclosed parenteral formulation can comprise about 0.9% saline.
- a disclosed parenteral pharmaceutical composition can comprise pharmaceutically acceptable carriers such as aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
- non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
- Aqueous carriers include but not limited to water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
- Parenteral vehicles can include mannitol, normal serum albumin, sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's and fixed oils.
- Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers such as those based on Ringer's dextrose, and the like.
- Preservatives and other additives may also be present, such as, for example, antimicrobials, antioxidants, collating agents, inert gases and the like.
- a disclosed parenteral pharmaceutical composition can comprise may contain minor amounts of additives such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability, e.g., buffers and preservatives.
- solid form preparations that are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations.
- other adjuvants can be included to render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the subject or patient.
- the disclosed compounds can also be formulated as a depot preparation.
- Such long acting formulations can be administered by implantation (e.g., subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
- the compounds can be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (e.g., as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, e.g., as a sparingly soluble salt.
- compositions of the present disclosure can be in a form suitable for topical administration.
- topical application means administration onto a biological surface, whereby the biological surface includes, for example, a skin area (e.g., hands, forearms, elbows, legs, face, nails, anus and genital areas) or a mucosal membrane.
- a skin area e.g., hands, forearms, elbows, legs, face, nails, anus and genital areas
- a mucosal membrane e.g., a skin area (e.g., hands, forearms, elbows, legs, face, nails, anus and genital areas) or a mucosal membrane.
- a topical pharmaceutical composition can be in a form of a cream, an ointment, a paste, a gel, a lotion, milk, a suspension, an aerosol, a spray, foam, a dusting powder, a pad, and a patch. Further, the compositions can be in a form suitable for use in transdermal devices. These formulations can be prepared, utilizing a compound of the present disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, via conventional processing methods. As an example, a cream or ointment is prepared by mixing hydrophilic material and water, together with about 5 wt% to about 10 wt% of the compound, to produce a cream or ointment having a desired consistency.
- the carrier optionally comprises a penetration enhancing agent and/or a suitable wetting agent, optionally combined with suitable additives of any nature in minor proportions, which additives do not introduce a significant deleterious effect on the skin.
- Said additives may facilitate the administration to the skin and/or may be helpful for preparing the desired compositions.
- These compositions may be administered in various ways, e.g., as a transdermal patch, as a spot-on, as an ointment.
- Ointments are semisolid preparations, typically based on petrolatum or petroleum derivatives.
- ointment base to be used is one that provides for optimum delivery for the active agent chosen for a given formulation, and, preferably, provides for other desired characteristics as well (e.g., emollience).
- an ointment base should be inert, stable, nonirritating and nonsensitizing.
- ointment bases may be grouped in four classes: oleaginous bases; emulsifiable bases; emulsion bases; and water-soluble bases.
- Oleaginous ointment bases include, for example, vegetable oils, fats obtained from animals, and semisolid hydrocarbons obtained from petroleum.
- Emulsifiable ointment bases also known as absorbent ointment bases, contain little or no water and include, for example, hydroxystearin sulfate, anhydrous lanolin and hydrophilic petrolatum.
- Emulsion ointment bases are either water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions or oil-in-water (O/W) emulsions, and include, for example, cetyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, lanolin and stearic acid.
- Preferred water-soluble ointment bases are prepared from polyethylene glycols of varying molecular weight.
- Lotions are preparations that are to be applied to the skin surface without friction.
- Lotions are typically liquid or semiliquid preparations in which solid particles, including the active agent, are present in a water or alcohol base.
- Lotions are typically preferred for treating large body areas, due to the ease of applying a more fluid composition.
- Lotions are typically suspensions of solids, and oftentimes comprise a liquid oily emulsion of the oil-in-water type. It is generally necessary that the insoluble matter in a lotion be finely divided.
- Lotions typically contain suspending agents to produce better dispersions as well as compounds useful for localizing and holding the active agent in contact with the skin, such as methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, and the like.
- Creams are viscous liquids or semisolid emulsions, either oil-in-water or water-in- oil.
- Cream bases are typically water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier and an aqueous phase.
- the oil phase also called the “internal” phase, is generally comprised of petrolatum and/or a fatty alcohol such as cetyl or stearyl alcohol.
- the aqueous phase typically, although not necessarily, exceeds the oil phase in volume, and generally contains a humectant.
- the emulsifier in a cream formulation is generally a nonionic, anionic, cationic or amphoteric surfactant.
- Pastes are semisolid dosage forms in which the bioactive agent is suspended in a suitable base. Depending on the nature of the base, pastes are divided between fatty pastes or those made from a single-phase aqueous gel.
- the base in a fatty paste is generally petrolatum, hydrophilic petrolatum and the like.
- the pastes made from single- phase aqueous gels generally incorporate carboxymethylcellulose or the like as a base. Additional reference may be made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, for further information.
- Gel formulations are semisolid, suspension-type systems.
- Single-phase gels contain organic macromolecules distributed substantially uniformly throughout the carrier liquid, which is typically aqueous, but also, preferably, contain an alcohol and, optionally, an oil.
- Preferred organic macromolecules, i.e., gelling agents are crosslinked acrylic acid polymers such as the family of carbomer polymers, e.g., carboxypolyalkylenes that may be obtained commercially under the trademark CarbopolTM.
- hydrophilic polymers such as polyethylene oxides, polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers and polyvinylalcohol; modified cellulose, such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and methyl cellulose; gums such as tragacanth and xanthan gum; sodium alginate; and gelatin.
- dispersing agents such as alcohol or glycerin can be added, or the gelling agent can be dispersed by trituration, mechanical mixing or stirring, or combinations thereof.
- Sprays generally provide the active agent in an aqueous and/or alcoholic solution which can be misted onto the skin for delivery.
- Such sprays include those formulated to provide for concentration of the active agent solution at the site of administration following delivery, e.g., the spray solution can be primarily composed of alcohol or other like volatile liquid in which the active agent can be dissolved.
- the carrier evaporates, leaving concentrated active agent at the site of administration.
- Foam compositions are typically formulated in a single or multiple phase liquid form and housed in a suitable container, optionally together with a propellant which facilitates the expulsion of the composition from the container, thus transforming it into a foam upon application.
- Other foam forming techniques include, for example the “Bag-in-a-can” formulation technique.
- Compositions thus formulated typically contain a low-boiling hydrocarbon, e.g., isopropane. Application and agitation of such a composition at the body temperature cause the isopropane to vaporize and generate the foam, in a manner similar to a pressurized aerosol foaming system.
- Foams can be water-based or aqueous alkanolic, but are typically formulated with high alcohol content which, upon application to the skin of a user, quickly evaporates, driving the active ingredient through the upper skin layers to the site of treatment.
- Skin patches typically comprise a backing, to which a reservoir containing the active agent is attached.
- the reservoir can be, for example, a pad in which the active agent or composition is dispersed or soaked, or a liquid reservoir.
- Patches typically further include a frontal water permeable adhesive, which adheres and secures the device to the treated region. Silicone rubbers with self-adhesiveness can alternatively be used. In both cases, a protective permeable layer can be used to protect the adhesive side of the patch prior to its use. Skin patches may further comprise a removable cover, which serves for protecting it upon storage. Examples of patch configuration which can be utilized with the present invention include a single-layer or multi-layer drug-in-adhesive systems which are characterized by the inclusion of the drug directly within the skin-contacting adhesive.
- the adhesive not only serves to affix the patch to the skin, but also serves as the formulation foundation, containing the drug and all the excipients under a single backing film.
- a membrane is disposed between two distinct drug-in-adhesive layers or multiple drug-in-adhesive layers are incorporated under a single backing film.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that are suitable for pharmaceutical compositions for topical applications include carrier materials that are well- known for use in the cosmetic and medical arts as bases for e.g., emulsions, creams, aqueous solutions, oils, ointments, pastes, gels, lotions, milks, foams, suspensions, aerosols and the like, depending on the final form of the composition.
- suitable carriers according to the present invention therefore include, without limitation, water, liquid alcohols, liquid glycols, liquid polyalkylene glycols, liquid esters, liquid amides, liquid protein hydrolysates, liquid alkylated protein hydrolysates, liquid lanolin and lanolin derivatives, and like materials commonly employed in cosmetic and medicinal compositions.
- suitable carriers include, without limitation, alcohols, such as, for example, monohydric and polyhydric alcohols, e.g., ethanol, isopropanol, glycerol, sorbitol, 2-methoxyethanol, diethyleneglycol, ethylene glycol, hexyleneglycol, mannitol, and propylene glycol; ethers such as diethyl or dipropyl ether; polyethylene glycols and methoxypolyoxyethylenes (carbowaxes having molecular weight ranging from 200 to 20,000); polyoxyethylene glycerols, polyoxyethylene sorbitols, stearoyl diacetin, and the like.
- alcohols such as, for example, monohydric and polyhydric alcohols, e.g., ethanol, isopropanol, glycerol, sorbitol, 2-methoxyethanol, diethyleneglycol, ethylene glycol, hexyleneglycol, mannito
- Topical compositions of the present disclosure can, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device, such as an FDA-approved kit, which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient.
- the dispenser device may, for example, comprise a tube.
- the pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
- the pack or dispenser device may also be accompanied by a notice in a form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the compositions for human or veterinary administration.
- Such notice for example, may include labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs or of an approved product insert.
- compositions comprising the topical composition of the invention formulated in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
- Another patch system configuration which can be used by the present invention is a reservoir transdermal system design which is characterized by the inclusion of a liquid compartment containing a drug solution or suspension separated from the release liner by a semi-permeable membrane and adhesive. The adhesive component of this patch system can either be incorporated as a continuous layer between the membrane and the release liner or in a concentric configuration around the membrane.
- Yet another patch system configuration which can be utilized by the present invention is a matrix system design which is characterized by the inclusion of a semisolid matrix containing a drug solution or suspension which is in direct contact with the release liner.
- compositions of the present disclosure can be in a form suitable for rectal administration wherein the carrier is a solid. It is preferable that the mixture forms unit dose suppositories. Suitable carriers include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art. The suppositories can be conveniently formed by first admixing the composition with the softened or melted carrier(s) followed by chilling and shaping in molds. Pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound of the present disclosure, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be prepared in powder or liquid concentrate form. The pharmaceutical composition (or formulation) may be packaged in a variety of ways.
- an article for distribution includes a container that contains the pharmaceutical composition in an appropriate form.
- suitable containers are well known to those skilled in the art and include materials such as bottles (plastic and glass), sachets, foil blister packs, and the like.
- the container may also include a tamper proof assemblage to prevent indiscreet access to the contents of the package.
- the container typically has deposited thereon a label that describes the contents of the container and any appropriate warnings or instructions.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient.
- the pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
- the pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
- the pack or dispenser may also be accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration.
- a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration.
- Such notice for example, may be the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert.
- Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a disclosed compound formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
- the exact dosage and frequency of administration depends on the particular disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, a hydrate thereof, a solvate thereof, a polymorph thereof, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof; the particular condition being treated and the severity of the condition being treated; various factors specific to the medical history of the subject to whom the dosage is administered such as the age; weight, sex, extent of disorder and general physical condition of the particular subject, as well as other medication the individual may be taking; as is well known to those skilled in the art. Furthermore, it is evident that said effective daily amount may be lowered or increased depending on the response of the treated subject and/or depending on the evaluation of the physician prescribing the compounds of the present disclosure.
- the pharmaceutical composition will comprise from 0.05 to 99 % by weight, preferably from 0.1 to 70 % by weight, more preferably from 0.1 to 50 % by weight of the active ingredient, and, from 1 to 99.95 % by weight, preferably from 30 to 99.9 % by weight, more preferably from 50 to 99.9 % by weight of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, all percentages being based on the total weight of the composition.
- an appropriate dosage level will generally be about 0.01 to 1000 mg of a compound described herein per kg patient body weight per day and can be administered in single or multiple doses.
- the dosage level will be about 0.1 to about 500 mg/kg per day, about 0.1 to 250 mg/kg per day, or about 0.5 to 100 mg/kg per day.
- a suitable dosage level can be about 0.01 to 1000 mg/kg per day, about 0.01 to 500 mg/kg per day, about 0.01 to 250 mg/kg per day, about 0.05 to 100 mg/kg per day, or about 0.1 to 50 mg/kg per day. Within this range the dosage can be 0.05 to 0.5, 0.5 to 5.0 or 5.0 to 50 mg/kg per day.
- compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 1.0 to 1000 mg of the active ingredient, particularly 1.0, 5.0, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 750, 800, 900 and 1000 mg of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage of the patient to be treated.
- the compound can be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day. This dosing regimen can be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response.
- Such unit doses as described hereinabove and hereinafter can be administered more than once a day, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 times a day.
- such unit doses can be administered 1 or 2 times per day, so that the total dosage for a 70 kg adult is in the range of 0.001 to about 15 mg per kg weight of subject per administration. In a further aspect, dosage is 0.01 to about 1.5 mg per kg weight of subject per administration, and such therapy can extend for a number of weeks or months, and in some cases, years. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend on a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the individual being treated; the time and route of administration; the rate of excretion; other drugs that have previously been administered; and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy, as is well understood by those of skill in the area.
- a typical dosage can be one 1 mg to about 100 mg tablet or 1 mg to about 300 mg taken once a day, or, multiple times per day, or one time-release capsule or tablet taken once a day and containing a proportionally higher content of active ingredient.
- the time- release effect can be obtained by capsule materials that dissolve at different pH values, by capsules that release slowly by osmotic pressure, or by any other known means of controlled release. It can be necessary to use dosages outside these ranges in some cases as will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Further, it is noted that the clinician or treating physician will know how and when to start, interrupt, adjust, or terminate therapy in conjunction with individual patient response.
- the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can further comprise other therapeutically active compounds, which are usually applied in the treatment of the above mentioned pathological or clinical conditions.
- the disclosed compositions can be prepared from the disclosed compounds. It is also understood that the disclosed compositions can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.
- the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a hydrate thereof, a solvate thereof, a polymorph thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Additionally, the present disclosure relates to a process for preparing such a pharmaceutical composition, characterized in that a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intimately mixed with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present disclosure. A number of embodiments of the invention have been described.
- Aspect 2 The compound of Aspect 1, wherein X and Y are CH.
- Aspect 3. The compound of Aspect 1, wherein X is CH and Y is N.
- Aspect 4. The compound of Aspect 1, wherein X is N and Y is CR 4 .
- Aspect 5. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-4, wherein R 4 is hydrogen or a C1-C6 alkyl group.
- Aspect 6. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-5, wherein R 6 is hydrogen.
- Aspect 7. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-5, wherein R 6 is -C(Z)WR 3 , wherein Z is O and W is NH.
- Aspect 13 The compound of any one of Aspects 1-11, wherein R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
- Aspect 13 The compound of any one of Aspects 1-11, wherein R 3 is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.
- Aspect 14 The compound of any one of Aspects 1-11, wherein R 3 is an unsubstituted phenyl group.
- Aspect 15 The compound of any one of Aspects 1-14, wherein R 3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
- Aspect 16 The compound of any one of Aspects 1-14, wherein R 3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
- Aspect 15 wherein R 5 is a C1-C6 alkyl group, an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, or hydrogen.
- Aspect 22 The compound of any one of Aspects 1-17, wherein R 2a and R 2b are part of a heteroaryl group.
- Aspect 23 The compound of any one of Aspects 1-17, wherein R 2a and R 2b has the structure or wherein Z 1 and Z 2 are independently N or CR 4 , wherein R 4 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group
- Aspect 24 The compound of Aspect 23, wherein Z 1 is N and Z 2 is CR 4 .
- Aspect 25 The compound of Aspect 23, wherein Z 1 is CR 4 and Z 2 is N.
- Aspect 26 The compound of Aspect 1 having the structure II, III, IV, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
- W is NH or a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group
- R 2b is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a C1-C6 alkyl group, -COOH, -COOR 5 , -CON(R 5 ) 2 , -NH 2 , -NHR 5 , N(R 5 ) 2 , or -NC(O)R 5
- R 3 is hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an araalky group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group
- Z 1 and Z 2 are independently N or CR 4 , and the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic.
- Aspect 27 The compound of Aspect 26, wherein W is NH.
- Aspect 28 The compound of Aspect 26 or 27, wherein R 3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
- Aspect 29 The compound of Aspect 26 or 27, wherein R 3 is a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group.
- Aspect 30 The compound of Aspect 26 or 27, wherein R 3 is a cyclopropyl group or a cyclopentyl group.
- Aspect 31 The compound of Aspect 26 or 27, wherein R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
- Aspect 32 The compound of any one of Aspects 26-31, wherein R 2b is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
- Aspect 33 The compound of any one of Aspects 26-31, wherein R 2b is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
- Aspect 34 The compound of any one of Aspects 26-31, wherein R 2b is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.
- Aspect 34 The compound of any one of Aspects 26-31, wherein R 2b is -CONHR 5 or - N(R 5 ) 2 .
- Aspect 35 The compound of Aspect 34, wherein R 5 is a C1-C6 alkyl group, an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, or hydrogen.
- Aspect 36 The compound of Aspect 26, wherein W is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkylene group.
- Aspect 37 The compound of Aspect 26-31, wherein R 2b is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.
- Aspect 26 wherein W is –(C b HR 7 ) m –, wherein R 7 is hydrogen or an alkyl group and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
- Aspect 38 The compound of Aspect 37, wherein when R 7 is an alkyl group, the stereochemistry C b is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic.
- Aspect 39 The compound of Aspect 37, wherein R 7 is an alkyl group and m is 1.
- Aspect 40 The compound of Aspect 37, wherein R 7 is hydrogen or a methyl group and m is 1.
- Aspect 41 The compound of any one of Aspects 36-40, wherein R 3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
- Aspect 42 The compound of any one of Aspects 36-40, wherein R 3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
- Aspect 43 The compound of any one of Aspects 36-40, wherein R 3 is a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group.
- Aspect 43 The compound of any one of Aspects 36-40, wherein R 3 is a cyclopropyl group or a cyclopentyl group.
- Aspect 44 The compound of Aspect 1 having the structure V or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof Aspect 45.
- Aspect 46 The compound of Aspect 44, wherein R 3 is a cycloalkyl group and R 5 is a C1-C5 alkyl group.
- Aspect 47 The compound of any one of Aspects 1-46, wherein the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially R.
- Aspect 48 The compound of any one of Aspects 1-46, wherein the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially S.
- Aspect 49. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-46, wherein the stereochemistry at carbon a is racemic.
- Aspect 50 The compound of Aspect 1, wherein the compound has the structure
- Aspect 52 The compound of Aspect 1, wherein the compound has the structure .
- Aspect 53 A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of Aspects 1 to 52 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
- Aspect 54 A method for treating or preventing a viral infection in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a compound of any one of Aspects 1-53 or SAI4.
- Aspect 55 The method of Aspect 54, wherein the compound is (S)-SAI4.
- Aspect 56 The method of Aspect 54 or 55, wherein the virus enters via binding to Angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 (ACE2).
- ACE2 Angiotensin-converting enzyme 2
- Aspect 57 The method of Aspect 54, wherein the viral infection comprises a coronavirus.
- Aspect 58 The method for treating or preventing a viral infection in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a compound of any one of Aspects 1-53 or SAI4.
- Aspect 55 The method of Aspect 54, wherein the compound
- Aspect 54 wherein the viral infection comprises SARS-CoV-2, SARS-CoV, or human coronavirus NL63 (HCoV-NL63).
- Aspect 59 The method of any one of Aspects 54 to 58, wherein the viral infection is resistant to antiviral therapy.
- Aspect 60 The method of any one of Aspects 54 to 59, further comprising administering to the subject an antiviral compound.
- Aspect 61 The method of Aspect 60, wherein the antiviral compound comprises hydroxychloroquine, dexamethasone, or remdesivir.
- Aspect 62 The method of Aspect 60, wherein the antiviral compound comprises hydroxychloroquine, dexamethasone, or remdesivir.
- Aspect 63 The method of any one of Aspects 54 to 62, wherein the composition is administered nasally.
- Luciferase-encoding lentiviruses pseudotyped with viral glycoprotein of interest were generated using known methods. Briefly, HEK293T cells were transfected with pHAGE-CMV-Luc2-IRES-ZsGreen-W (BEI catalog number NR-52516), pHDM-IDTSpike-fixK (BEI catalog number NR-52514), pHDM-Hgpm2 (BEI catalog number NR-52517), pHDM-tat1b (NR-52518), and pRC-CMV- Rev1b (NR-52519) plasmids using Fugene 6 transfection reagent (Roche) following manufacturer’s protocol.
- virus-containing supernatants were harvested, filtered through 0.45 ⁇ m sterile filter, and concentrated using Amicon Ultra-15 centrifugal filters (Millipore). Aliquots of pseudoviruses were stored at -80°C.
- SARS-CoV-2 Spike pseudovirus inhibition assay HEK293T-ACE2 cells were seeded in ⁇ Clear Black 96-well plates (Greiner Bio-One) in 100 ⁇ l of DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS at a density of 1.25 x 10 4 cells per well.
- Percent viral inhibition was calculated as the percent reduction in luciferase activity of pseudovirus incubated with a given concentration of inhibitor compared to the pseudovirus incubated with the diluent control.
- concentration of inhibitor that resulted in 50% inhibition of viral replication (IC 50 ) was interpolated from a non-linear, best-fit curve using GraphPad Prism software.
- region 1 was the focus for virtual screening.
- a combined commercially available library with 93,835 drug-like compounds was applied and prepared using LigPrep module of Schrodinger Molecular Modeling Suite before being docked into region 1 sequentially by Glide SP and Glide XP protocol as the 1 st and 2 nd round molecular docking. After ranking by the docking scores, top 1000 poses were visually inspected, and 50ns molecular dynamic simulation was performed for each promising ligand (Fig.2A). Ligands that showed considerable occupancy in pocket and a relatively stable pose during the simulation were preferably picked. Ten compounds were finalized and obtained, from which SAI4 is the hit compounds based on experimental validation both by pseudo-virus entry assay and ELISA assay (Fig.2B).
- SAI4 bears a 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[f]pyrrolo[1,2- a][1,4]diazepine scaffold with a cumene moiety directly attached and a cyclopentane ring linked by a urea group.
- the overall structural feature of SAI4 allows it to perfectly fit in the region 1 pocket. Twisted seven- membered ring orientated the pyrrole moiety right below the Y505, with the benzene ring attached to the outer surface.
- FIG.27 shows the dose-dependent inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus infection by SAI4 enantiomers and analogs.
- Dose response curves of the indicated SAI4 [SOH-I-55-01], its enantiomers [SAI4-A(S) and SAI4-B(R)] and its analog [SOH-I-41-01] generated by plotting the percent viral inhibition (y-axis) against the log transformation of SAP concentration (mM, x-axis). Each data point represents the average of five independent experiments, performed in duplicate. Error bars represent standard deviations. The dotted gray line indicates 50% viral inhibition used to determine the IC50 value. Computed IC50 values for the indicated inhibitor from five independent experiments ⁇ standard deviations are shown.
- FIG.28 shows the dose-dependent inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus infection by SAI4 analogs.
- Dose response curves of the indicated SAI4 analogs [SOH-II-91-01 and SOH-II-92-01] generated by plotting the percent viral inhibition (y-axis) against the log transformation of SAP concentration (mM, x-axis). Each data point represents a single experiment, performed in duplicate. Error bars represent deviation between the duplicates.
- the dotted gray line indicates 50% viral inhibition used to determine the IC50 value. Computed IC50 values for the indicated inhibitor from a single experiment are shown.
Landscapes
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Disclosed herein are small molecules that effectively block the interaction of SARS-CoV-2 Spike protein with ACE2. Also disclosed are methods for treating viral infections that involve entry via endocytic pathways. In one aspect, the small molecules effectively block viral entry by targeting the interaction of SARS-CoV-2 Spike protein with ACE2. The two significant advantages of disclosed approach are: 1) small molecule inhibitors that target surface exposed proteins such as the Spike protein are not constrained by limited cell permeability/localization, and 2) structure-guided screening approaches avoid the necessity of screening large chemical libraries, thus expediting drug discovery and development. By blocking the essential interactions of the viral Spike protein with ACE2 using small molecule inhibitors, viral entry/fusion and subsequent infectivity of SARS-CoV-2 can be prevented.
Description
SMALL MOLECULE INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT AND PREVENTION OF CORONAVIRUS INFECTIONS CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims the benefit of and priority to co-pending U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.63/383,363, filed on November 11, 2022, the contents of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. BACKGROUND Severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus (SARS-CoV)-2 is a novel and highly pathogenic coronavirus and is the causative agent of the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19), an ongoing pandemic that has posed a serious threat to public health and global economy. Delays in vaccine deployment at a global scale, vaccine hesitancy, and ongoing evolution of the virus is leading to emergence of SARS-CoV-2 variants that are potentially more transmissible and pathogenic. Thus, there is a pressing need for therapeutic interventions that target essential viral proteins that regulate virus spread and replication. Similar to all coronaviruses, SARS-CoV-2 virions display the characteristic club- shaped projections formed by trimers of viral Spike glycoprotein on their surface. To invade the host cell, the receptor-binding domain (RBD) of viral Spike protein binds to the host cell’s angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 (ACE2) receptor, followed by cleavage events that allow the viral Spike protein to fuse with the host cell membrane. Thus, the essential role of Spike protein in ACE2 receptor binding and viral fusion makes it a prime target for therapeutic interventions. SUMMARY Disclosed herein are small molecules that effectively block the interaction of SARS-CoV-2 Spike protein with ACE2. Also disclosed are methods for treating viral infections that involve entry via endocytic pathways. In one aspect, the small molecules effectively block viral entry by targeting the interaction of SARS-CoV-2 Spike protein with ACE2. The two significant advantages of disclosed approach are: 1) small molecule inhibitors that target surface exposed proteins such as the Spike protein are not constrained by limited cell permeability/localization, and 2) structure-guided screening
approaches avoid the necessity of screening large chemical libraries, thus expediting drug discovery and development. By blocking the essential interactions of the viral Spike protein with ACE2 using small molecule inhibitors, viral entry/fusion and subsequent infectivity of SARS-CoV-2 can be prevented. In one aspect, the compounds described herein have the structure I or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof I
X and Y are independently CR4 or N, where R4 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group; R6 is hydrogen
Z is O or S; W is NH or a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group; R1 and R3 are independently, hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, alkoxy, halo substituted alkoxy, -CN, -COOH, -COOR5, -CON(R5)2, -NH2, -NHR5, N(R5)2, or -NC(O)R5; R2a and R2b are independently, hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, alkoxy,
halo substituted alkoxy, -CN, -COOH, -COOR5, -CON(R5)2, -NH2, -NHR5, N(R5)2, or -NC(O)R5, or R2a and R2b are part of a heteroaryl group; R5 is independently hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; and the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic. In another aspect, described herein is a method for treating or preventing a viral infection in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject a compound having the structure I or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The details of one or more embodiments of the invention are set forth in the accompanying drawings and the description below. Other features, objects, and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the description and drawings, and from the claims. DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS FIGs.1A to 1C illustrate protein-protein interface between Spike RBD and ACE2. FIG.1A is a ribbon illustration of Spike RBD/ACE2 complex structure (PDB Code: 6M0J). FIG.1B shows three regions of Hot-spot residues reported by existed literature, of which majority of residues are located in region 1. FIG.1C shows protein pocket illustration on RBD surface that were utilized for compound virtual screening. FIGs.2A to 2C show virtual screening and predicted docking pose of hit compound SAI4. FIG.2A shows virtual screening was started with a combined library of 93,835 drug- like virtual ligand through a hierarchical workflow integrated with molecular docking and molecular dynamics simulations. FIG. 2B shows chemical structure of in silico hit compounds, in which SAI4 was highlighted. FIG. 2C shows predicted docking pose of SAI4 against the proposed pocket at Spike RBD protein surface and overlapping of SAI predicted binding pose with ACE2 protein N-terminal helix. FIGs.3A to 3C show molecular Dynamics Simulation and MM/GBSA Per-residue Energy Decomposition. FIG. 3A shows trajectory of SAI4 with Spike RBD illustrated as cluster of snapshots. FIG.3B shows residues that make the most significant contribution to the protein-ligand binding was showed and labeled. FIG.3C shows MM/GBSA energy
calculation and per-residue decomposition of SAI4 interaction with Spike RBD protein pocket. FIGs.4A to 4D show the structure modeling of “SAP6” peptide with SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD, which led to the discovery of a hypothetical binding cavity at the RBD surface. FIG. 4A shows protein interface between Spike RBD (purple) and N-terminal helix 1 of ACE2 (green). FIG. 4B shows the critical amino acid residues (numbered) in the N- terminal helix 1 of ACE2 that form contacts with the Spike RBD. FIG.4C shows the critical amino acid residues (numbered) in the Spike RBD that form contacts with the N-terminal helix 1 of ACE2. FIG.4D shows the surface view of the small and shallow “cavity” on the Spike RBD surface. RBD amino acid residues Y505, Y453, and Y449 provide hydrophobicity to the cavity, while R403, N501, and Q498 provide h-bond donor and acceptors to make the cavity targetable. FIGs.5A and 5B show library screening method and identified compounds. FIGs.6A to 6C show the inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-mediated entry by SAI4. FIG6A shows inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus infection by identified compounds (SAI1 to SAI10). Luciferase-encoding SARS-CoV-2 Spike- pseudotyped lentiviruses were incubated with 200 μM of indicated small molecule or diluent control (DMSO) for 1 h prior to infection of 293T-ACE2 cells. Infection was measured as relative luciferase expression 48 h post-infection. The luciferase signal obtained for the diluent control was set to 100%. Graphs indicate the percentage of infected cells normalized to the diluent control. Bars represent averages from three independent experiments, performed in duplicate, with data points from individual experiments shown as circles. Error bars represent standard deviations. Percent infections were compared to the diluent control using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test. FIGs 6B and 6C show inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 infection by SAI4. SARS-CoV-2 was incubated with 100 μM of SAI4 or diluent control (DMSO) for 1 h prior to infection of Vero E6 cells. Immunostaining for SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid (N) protein and virus titers in the supernatants were analyzed at 24 h post-infection. FIG. 6B shows representative bright field microscope images showing immunostaining for SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid (N) protein. FIG.6C shows virus titers in supernatants from infected cells. Bars represent averages from triplicate infections with individual data points shown as circles. Error bars represent standard deviations. Virus titers were compared to the diluent control using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test.
FIGs.7A to 7C show the binding mode of SAI4 to SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD. FIG. 7A shows the structure of SAI4 and the predicted docking pose of SAI4 against the proposed pocket at SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD protein surface. FIG. 7B shows the calculated binding Kd of SAI4 for SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD measured as the amount of SAI4 needed to inhibit interaction of SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD with ACE2 using an ELISA- based binding assay. Calculated binding Kd from three independent experiments ± standard deviations. FIG. 7C shows dose-dependent inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike- pseudotyped lentivirus infection by SAI4. Dose response curves were generated by plotting the percent viral inhibition (y-axis) against the log transformation of SAI4 concentration (μM, x-axis). Each data point represents the average of three independent experiments, performed in triplicate. Error bars represent standard deviations. The dotted gray line indicates 50% viral inhibition used to determine the IC50 value. Computed IC50 values from three independent experiments ± standard deviations are shown. FIGs. 8A to 8C show definition of the binding mode using Molecular Dynamics Simulation and MM/GBSA Per-residue Energy Decomposition. FIG. 8A shows the trajectory of SAI4 with SARS-CoV-2 Spike RBD illustrated as cluster of snapshots. FIG. 8B shows amino acid residues that make the most significant contribution to the SARS- CoV-2 Spike RBD-SAI4 binding. FIG. 8C shows the MM/GBSA energy calculation and per-residue decomposition of SAI4 interaction with Spike RBD protein pocket. FIG.9 shows SAI4-mediated inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 viral entry occurs at both engineered and physiological ACE2 levels. Inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus infection by SAI4 in indicated cell lines. Luciferase-encoding SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentiviruses were incubated with indicated concentration of SAI4 or diluent control (DMSO) for 1 h prior to infection of indicated cells (HEK293T-Ace2, A549- Ace2, H1299, and Calu-3). Infection was measured as relative luciferase expression 48 h post-infection. The luciferase signal obtained for the diluent control was set to 100%. Graphs indicate the percentage of infected cells normalized to the diluent control. Bars represent averages from three independent experiments, performed in triplicate, with data points from individual experiments shown as circles. Error bars represent standard deviations. Percent infections were compared to the diluent control using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test. FIG. 10 shows SAI4-mediated inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 variants of concern. Inhibition of indicated SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus (Ancestral, Alpha, Beta, and Gamma) infection by SAI4. Luciferase-encoding indicated SARS-CoV-2 Spike-
pseudotyped lentiviruses were incubated with indicated concentration of SAI4 or diluent control (DMSO) for 1 h prior to infection of 293T-ACE2 cells. Infection was measured as relative luciferase expression 48 h post-infection. The luciferase signal obtained for the diluent control was set to 100%. Graphs indicate the percentage of infected cells normalized to the diluent control. Bars represent averages from three independent experiments, performed in triplicate, with data points from individual experiments shown as circles. Error bars represent standard deviations. Percent infections were compared to the diluent control using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test. FIGs. 11A and 11B show inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 infection. SARS-CoV-2 was incubated with indicated concentrations of SAI4 or diluent control (DMSO) for 1 h prior to infection of Vero E6 cells. Immunostaining for SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid (N) protein and virus titers in the supernatants were analyzed at 24 h post-infection. FIG. 6B shows representative bright field microscope images showing immunostaining for SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid (N) protein. FIG. 6C shows virus titers in supernatants from infected cells. Bars represent averages from triplicate infections with individual data points shown as circles. Error bars represent standard deviations. Virus titers were compared to the diluent control using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test. FIGs.12A and 12B show inhibition of HCoV-NL63 infection by SAI4. HCoV-NL63 was incubated with indicated concentrations of SAI4 or diluent control (DMSO) for 1 h prior to infection of LLC-MK2 cells. Cytopathic effects and virus titers in the supernatants were analyzed at 72 h post-infection. FIG. 12A shows representative bright field microscope images showing cytopathic effects. FIG12B shows virus titers in supernatants from LLC-MK2 cells. Bars represent averages from triplicate infections with individual data points shown as circles. Error bars represent standard deviations. Virus titers were compared to the diluent control using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Dunnett’s multiple comparisons test. FIG.13 shows design of macrocyclic peptides targeting the RBD cavity. FIGs. 14A and 14B show percentage inhibition after 1 hour and 2 hour virus incubation with macrocyclic peptide cyclo(WYNEEDY). FIG.15 shows percentage inhibition with macrocylic peptides 1, 2, and 3. FIGs.16A and 16B show SAI4 activity against VSV-G with 1 hour virus incubation at 50 μM (FIG.16A) or 25 μM (FIG.16B).
FIG.17A shows percent inhibition with SAI1-SAI10 at 2 mM, 20 μM, and 200 nM. FIG.17B shows percent inhibition with SIA3 at 1 mM, 10 μM, and 100 nM. FIG.18 provides exemplary compounds described herein. FIG.19 provides a synthetic scheme for making the compounds described herein. FIGs. 20A and 20B show SAI4 potency (IC50) (FIG. 20A) and SAI4 cytotoxicity (CC50) (FIG. 20B). This was used to calculate a selectivity index (CC50/ IC50) (399/17.4) that is >23. FIGs. 21A to 21E show SAI4 inhibits viral entry of Ancestral/Wuhan (FIG. 21A), B.1.1.7/Alpha (FIG. 21B), B.1.351v2/Beta (FIG. 21C), P.1/Gamma (FIG. 21D), and B.1.617.2/Delta SARS-CoV-2 variants. FIGs. 22A and 22B show SAI4 inhibits infection of genuine SARS-CoV-2. FIGs. 22A and 22B show N protein immunostaining (FIG.22A) and viral titers (FIG.22B) after treatment with DMSO or 25μM, 50μM, or 100μM SAI4. FIGs. 23A to 23G show SAI4 efficacy in small animal model of SARS-CoV-2 infection. FIG. 23A illustrates how four-week-old SPF C57BL/6 female mice were intraperitoneally delivered 5 mg/kg SA14 or PBS (control) 24 h and 3 h before intranasal infection with 5 × 104 PFU of MA SARS-CoV-2 strain in 20 ^l of DMEM. PBS or SA14 was administered every 24hr for the remainder of the study. Body weight were measured daily. On three days after infection, mice were euthanized, and left lung and nasal turbinate were collected and homogenized for virus titration. FIG. 23B shows viral titers after treatment with saline or SAI4. FIGs.23C to 23G show IL-6 (FIG.23C), IFN-Į (FIG.23D), IFN-ȕ (FIG. 23E), TNF-Į (FIG. 23F), and IL-10 (FIG. 23G) cytokine expression after treatment with saline or SAI4. FIGS. 24-26 show exemplary synthetic scheme for synthesizing the compounds described herein. FIG.27 shows the dose-dependent inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus infection by SAI4 enantiomers and analogs. Dose response curves of the indicated SAI4 [SOH-I-55-01], its enantiomers [SAI4-A(S) and SAI4-B(R)] and its analog [SOH-I-41-01] generated by plotting the percent viral inhibition (y-axis) against the log transformation of SAP concentration (mM, x-axis). Each data point represents the average of five independent experiments, performed in duplicate. Error bars represent standard deviations. The dotted gray line indicates 50% viral inhibition used to determine the IC50 value. Computed IC50 values for the indicated inhibitor from five independent experiments ± standard deviations are shown.
FIG.28 shows the dose-dependent inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus infection by SAI4 analogs. Dose response curves of the indicated SAI4 analogs [SOH-II-91-01 and SOH-II-92-01] generated by plotting the percent viral inhibition (y-axis) against the log transformation of SAP concentration (mM, x-axis). Each data point represents a single experiment, performed in duplicate. Error bars represent deviation between the duplicates. The dotted gray line indicates 50% viral inhibition used to determine the IC50 value. Computed IC50 values for the indicated inhibitor from a single experiment are shown. DETAILED DESCRIPTION Before the present disclosure is described in greater detail, it is to be understood that this disclosure is not limited to particular embodiments described, and as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting, since the scope of the present disclosure will be limited only by the appended claims. Where a range of values is provided, it is understood that each intervening value, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit unless the context clearly dictates otherwise, between the upper and lower limit of that range and any other stated or intervening value in that stated range, is encompassed within the disclosure. The upper and lower limits of these smaller ranges may independently be included in the smaller ranges and are also encompassed within the disclosure, subject to any specifically excluded limit in the stated range. Where the stated range includes one or both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in the disclosure. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the present disclosure, the preferred methods and materials are now described. All publications and patents cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference as if each individual publication or patent were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference and are incorporated herein by reference to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials in connection with which the publications are cited. The citation of any publication is for its disclosure prior to the filing date and should not be construed as an admission that the present disclosure is not
entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior disclosure. Further, the dates of publication provided could be different from the actual publication dates that may need to be independently confirmed. As will be apparent to those of skill in the art upon reading this disclosure, each of the individual embodiments described and illustrated herein has discrete components and features which may be readily separated from or combined with the features of any of the other several embodiments without departing from the scope or spirit of the present disclosure. Any recited method can be carried out in the order of events recited or in any other order that is logically possible. Embodiments of the present disclosure will employ, unless otherwise indicated, techniques of chemistry, biology, and the like, which are within the skill of the art. The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how to perform the methods and use the probes disclosed and claimed herein. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.), but some errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in °C, and pressure is at or near atmospheric. Standard temperature and pressure are defined as 20 °C and 1 atmosphere. Before the embodiments of the present disclosure are described in detail, it is to be understood that, unless otherwise indicated, the present disclosure is not limited to particular materials, reagents, reaction materials, manufacturing processes, or the like, as such can vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for purposes of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting. It is also possible in the present disclosure that steps can be executed in different sequence where this is logically possible. Definitions As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “an excipient” include, but are not limited to, mixtures or combinations of two or more such excipients, and the like. As used herein, “comprising” is to be interpreted as specifying the presence of the stated features, integers, steps, or components as referred to, but does not preclude the presence or addition of one or more features, integers, steps, or components, or groups thereof. Moreover, each of the terms “by”, “comprising,” “comprises”, “comprised of,”
“including,” “includes,” “included,” “involving,” “involves,” “involved,” and “such as” are used in their open, non-limiting sense and may be used interchangeably. Further, the term “comprising” is intended to include examples and aspects encompassed by the terms “consisting essentially of” and “consisting of.” Similarly, the term “consisting essentially of” is intended to include examples encompassed by the term “consisting of. It should be noted that ratios, concentrations, amounts, and other numerical data can be expressed herein in a range format. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as “about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10” is also disclosed. Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms a further aspect. For example, if the value “about 10” is disclosed, then “10” is also disclosed. When a range is expressed, a further aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. For example, where the stated range includes one or both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in the disclosure, e.g. the phrase “x to y” includes the range from ‘x’ to ‘y’ as well as the range greater than ‘x’ and less than ‘y’. The range can also be expressed as an upper limit, e.g. ‘about x, y, z, or less’ and should be interpreted to include the specific ranges of ‘about x’, ‘about y’, and ‘about z’ as well as the ranges of ‘less than x’, less than y’, and ‘less than z’. Likewise, the phrase ‘about x, y, z, or greater’ should be interpreted to include the specific ranges of ‘about x’, ‘about y’, and ‘about z’ as well as the ranges of ‘greater than x’, greater than y’, and ‘greater than z’. In addition, the phrase “about ‘x’ to ‘y’”, where ‘x’ and ‘y’ are numerical values, includes “about ‘x’ to about ‘y’”. It is to be understood that such a range format is used for convenience and brevity, and thus, should be interpreted in a flexible manner to include not only the numerical values explicitly recited as the limits of the range, but also to include all the individual numerical values or sub-ranges encompassed within that range as if each numerical value and sub-range is explicitly recited. To illustrate, a numerical range of “about 0.1% to 5%” should be interpreted to include not only the explicitly recited values of about 0.1% to about 5%, but also include individual values (e.g., about 1%, about 2%, about 3%, and
about 4%) and the sub-ranges (e.g., about 0.5% to about 1.1%; about 5% to about 2.4%; about 0.5% to about 3.2%, and about 0.5% to about 4.4%, and other possible sub-ranges) within the indicated range. Thus, for example, if a component is in an amount of about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, or 5%, where any value can be a lower and upper endpoint of a range, then any range is contemplated between 1% and 5% (e.g., 1% to 3%, 2% to 4%, etc.). As used herein, the terms “about,” “approximate,” “at or about,” and “substantially” mean that the amount or value in question can be the exact value or a value that provides equivalent results or effects as recited in the claims or taught herein. That is, it is understood that amounts, sizes, formulations, parameters, and other quantities and characteristics are not and need not be exact but may be approximate and/or larger or smaller, as desired, reflecting tolerances, conversion factors, rounding off, measurement error and the like, and other factors known to those of skill in the art such that equivalent results or effects are obtained. In some circumstances, the value that provides equivalent results or effects cannot be reasonably determined. In such cases, it is generally understood, as used herein, that “about” and “at or about” mean the nominal value indicated ±10% variation unless otherwise indicated or inferred. In general, an amount, size, formulation, parameter or other quantity or characteristic is “about,” “approximate,” or “at or about” whether or not expressly stated to be such. It is understood that where “about,” “approximate,” or “at or about” is used before a quantitative value, the parameter also includes the specific quantitative value itself, unless specifically stated otherwise. As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described below. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this disclosure, the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. This disclosure is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds. Also, the terms “substitution” or “substituted with” include the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. It is also
contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted). The position of a substituent can be defined relative to the positions of other substituents in an aromatic ring. For example, as shown below in relationship to the “R” group, a second substituent can be “ortho,” “para,” or “meta” to the R group, meaning that the second substituent is bonded to a carbon labeled ortho, para, or meta as indicated below. Combinations of ortho, para, and meta substituents relative to a given group or substituent are also envisioned and should be considered to be disclosed.
In defining various terms, “A1,” “A2,” “A3,” and “A4” are used herein as generic symbols to represent various specific substituents. These symbols can be any substituent, not limited to those disclosed herein, and when they are defined to be certain substituents in one instance, they can, in another instance, be defined as some other substituents. The term “aliphatic” or “aliphatic group,” as used herein, denotes a hydrocarbon moiety that may be straight-chain (i.e., unbranched), branched, or cyclic (including fused, bridging, and spirofused polycyclic) and may be completely saturated or may contain one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-20 carbon atoms. Aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl. The term “alkyl” as used herein is a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n- butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, s-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like. The alkyl group can be cyclic or acyclic. The alkyl group can be branched or unbranched. The alkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein. A “lower alkyl” group is an alkyl group containing from one to six (e.g., from one to four) carbon atoms. The term alkyl group can also be a C1 alkyl, C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C4 alkyl,
C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C9 alkyl, C1-C10 alkyl, and the like up to and including a C1-C24 alkyl. Throughout the specification “alkyl” is generally used to refer to both unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however, substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein by identifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group. For example, the term “halogenated alkyl” or “haloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halide, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Alternatively, the term “monohaloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with a single halide, e.g. fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. The term “polyhaloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is independently substituted with two or more halides, i.e. each halide substituent need not be the same halide as another halide substituent, nor do the multiple instances of a halide substituent need to be on the same carbon. The term “alkoxyalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, as described below. The term “aminoalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more amino groups. The term “hydroxyalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more hydroxy groups. When “alkyl” is used in one instance and a specific term such as “hydroxyalkyl” is used in another, it is not meant to imply that the term “alkyl” does not also refer to specific terms such as “hydroxyalkyl” and the like. This practice is also used for other groups described herein. That is, while a term such as “cycloalkyl” refers to both unsubstituted and substituted cycloalkyl moieties, the substituted moieties can, in addition, be specifically identified herein; for example, a particular substituted cycloalkyl can be referred to as, e.g., an “alkylcycloalkyl.” Similarly, a substituted alkoxy can be specifically referred to as, e.g., a “halogenated alkoxy,” a particular substituted alkenyl can be, e.g., an “alkenylalcohol,” and the like. Again, the practice of using a general term, such as “cycloalkyl,” and a specific term, such as “alkylcycloalkyl,” is not meant to imply that the general term does not also include the specific term. The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkyl” is a type of cycloalkyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or
phosphorus. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. The term “araalkyl” as used is an alkyl group as defined herein where one or more hydrogen atoms is substituted wit an aryl group as defined herein. The term “alkylene” or “alkanediyl” as used herein, refers to a divalent saturated aliphatic group, with one or two saturated carbon atom(s) as the point(s) of attachment, a linear or branched, cyclo, cyclic or acyclic structure, no carbon-carbon double or triple bonds, and no atoms other than carbon and hydrogen. The groups, —CH2— (methylene), —CH2CH2—, —CH2C(CH3)2CH2—, and —CH2CH2CH2— are non-limiting examples of alkanediyl groups. In one aspect, the alkylene group has the formula –(CbHR4)m–, wherein R4 is hydrogen or an alkyl group and m is an integer from 1 to 6. The terms “alkoxy” and “alkoxyl” as used herein to refer to an alkyl or cycloalkyl group bonded through an ether linkage; that is, an “alkoxy” group can be defined as — OA1 where A1 is alkyl or cycloalkyl as defined above. “Alkoxy” also includes polymers of alkoxy groups as just described; that is, an alkoxy can be a polyether such as —OA1— OA2 or —OA1—(OA2)a—OA3, where “a” is an integer of from 1 to 200 and A1, A2, and A3 are alkyl and/or cycloalkyl groups. The term “alkenyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Asymmetric structures such as (A1A2)C=C(A3A4) are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This can be presumed in structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkene is present, or it can be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C=C. The alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein. The term “cycloalkenyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bound, i.e., C=C. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, norbornenyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkenyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term
“cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. The term “alkynyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. The alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein. The term “cycloalkynyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bound. Examples of cycloalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkynyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. The term “aromatic group” as used herein refers to a ring structure having cyclic clouds of delocalized π electrons above and below the plane of the molecule, where the ʌ clouds contain (4n+2) π electrons. A further discussion of aromaticity is found in Morrison and Boyd, Organic Chemistry, (5th Ed., 1987), Chapter 13, entitled “ Aromaticity,” pages 477-497, incorporated herein by reference. The term “aromatic group” is inclusive of both aryl and heteroaryl groups. The term “aryl” as used herein is a group that contains any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene, phenyl, biphenyl, anthracene, and the like. The aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The aryl group can be
substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, ņNH2, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. The term “biaryl” is a specific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of “aryl.” In addition, the aryl group can be a single ring structure or comprise multiple ring structures that are either fused ring structures or attached via one or more bridging groups such as a carbon-carbon bond. For example, biaryl to two aryl groups that are bound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl. Fused aryl groups including, but not limited to, indene and naphthalene groups are also contemplated. The term “aldehyde” as used herein is represented by the formula -C(O)H. Throughout this specification “C(O)” is a short hand notation for a carbonyl group, i.e., C=O. The terms “amine” or “amino” as used herein are represented by the formula — NA1A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, hydrogen or alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. A specific example of amino is ņNH2. The term “alkylamino” as used herein is represented by the formula —NH(-alkyl) and —N(-alkyl)2, where alkyl is a described herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino group, ethylamino group, propylamino group, isopropylamino group, butylamino group, isobutylamino group, (sec-butyl)amino group, (tert-butyl)amino group, pentylamino group, isopentylamino group, (tert-pentyl)amino group, hexylamino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dipropylamino group, diisopropylamino group, dibutylamino group, diisobutylamino group, di(sec-butyl)amino group, di(tert-butyl)amino group, dipentylamino group, diisopentylamino group, di(tert- pentyl)amino group, dihexylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methylamino group, N-methyl-N- propylamino group, N-ethyl-N-propylamino group and the like. The term “carboxylic acid” as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)OH. The term “ester” as used herein is represented by the formula —OC(O)A1 or — C(O)OA1, where A1 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “ether” as used herein is represented by the formula A1OA2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein.
The terms “halo,” “halogen” or “halide,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to F, Cl, Br, or I. The term “heteroalkyl” as used herein refers to an alkyl group containing at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized. Heteroalkyls can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups. The term “heteroaryl” as used herein refers to an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus, where N-oxides, sulfur oxides, and dioxides are permissible heteroatom substitutions. The heteroaryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The heteroaryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. Heteroaryl groups can be monocyclic, or alternatively fused ring systems. Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, N- methylpyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, and pyrazolopyrimidinyl. Further not limiting examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzo[d]oxazolyl, benzo[d]thiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, indazolyl, imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazinyl, benzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazolyl, benzo[c][1,2,5]oxadiazolyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl. The terms “heterocycle” or “heterocyclyl,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to single and multi-cyclic aromatic or non-aromatic ring systems in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon. Thus, the term is inclusive of, but not limited to, “heterocycloalkyl,” “heteroaryl,” “bicyclic heterocycle,” and “polycyclic heterocycle.” Heterocycle includes pyridine, pyrimidine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, oxazole, including, 1,2,3- oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole, thiadiazole, including, 1,2,3- thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, and 1,3,4-thiadiazole, triazole, including, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,3,4-triazole, tetrazole, including 1,2,3,4-tetrazole and 1,2,4,5-tetrazole, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine, including 1,2,4-triazine and 1,3,5-triazine, tetrazine, including 1,2,4,5-
tetrazine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, azetidine, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, and the like. The term heterocyclyl group can also be a C2 heterocyclyl, C2-C3 heterocyclyl, C2-C4 heterocyclyl, C2-C5 heterocyclyl, C2-C6 heterocyclyl, C2-C7 heterocyclyl, C2-C8 heterocyclyl, C2-C9 heterocyclyl, C2-C10 heterocyclyl, C2-C11 heterocyclyl, and the like up to and including a C2-C18 heterocyclyl. For example, a C2 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has two carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, aziridinyl, diazetidinyl, dihydrodiazetyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, and the like. Alternatively, for example, a C5 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has five carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, diazepanyl, pyridinyl, and the like. It is understood that a heterocyclyl group may be bound either through a heteroatom in the ring, where chemically possible, or one of carbons comprising the heterocyclyl ring. The term “bicyclic heterocycle” or “bicyclic heterocyclyl” as used herein refers to a ring system in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon. Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein an aromatic ring is fused with another aromatic ring, or wherein an aromatic ring is fused with a non-aromatic ring. Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein a benzene ring is fused to a 5- or a 6- membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms or wherein a pyridine ring is fused to a 5- or a 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms. Bicyclic heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, indolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, benzofuranyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-chromenyl, 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-3-yl; 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl; and 1H-pyrazolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl. The term “heterocycloalkyl” as used herein refers to an aliphatic, partially unsaturated or fully saturated, 3- to 14-membered ring system, including single rings of 3 to 8 atoms and bi- and tricyclic ring systems. The heterocycloalkyl ring-systems include one to four heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein a nitrogen and sulfur heteroatom optionally can be oxidized and a nitrogen heteroatom optionally can be substituted. Representative heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, and tetrahydrofuryl. The term “hydroxyl” or “hydroxy” as used herein is represented by the formula — OH.
The term “ketone” as used herein is represented by the formula A1C(O)A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “azide” or “azido” as used herein is represented by the formula —N3. The term “nitro” as used herein is represented by the formula —NO2. The term “nitrile” or “cyano” as used herein is represented by the formula —CN. The term “silyl” as used herein is represented by the formula —SiA1A2A3, where A1, A2, and A3 can be, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “sulfo-oxo” as used herein is represented by the formulas —S(O)A1, — S(O)2A1, —OS(O)2A1, or —OS(O)2OA1, where A1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. Throughout this specification “S(O)” is a short hand notation for S=O. The term “sulfonyl” is used herein to refer to the sulfo-oxo group represented by the formula —S(O)2A1, where A1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “sulfone” as used herein is represented by the formula A1S(O)2A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “sulfoxide” as used herein is represented by the formula A1S(O)A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “thiol” as used herein is represented by the formula -SH. “R1,” “R2,” “R3,”... “Rn,” where n is an integer, as used herein can, independently, possess one or more of the groups listed above. For example, if R1 is a straight chain alkyl group, one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a halide, and the like. Depending upon the groups that are selected, a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (i.e., attached) to the second group. For example, with the phrase “an alkyl group comprising an amino group,” the amino group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group. Alternatively, the amino group can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group. The nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group. As described herein, compounds of the invention may contain “optionally substituted” moieties. In general, the term “substituted,” whether preceded by the term
“optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds. In is also contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted). Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group are independently halogen; –(CH2)0–4Rq; –(CH2)0–4ORq; -O(CH2)0-4Ro, –O–(CH2)0–4C(O)OR°; –(CH2)0–4CH(ORq)2; –(CH2)0–4SRq; –(CH2)0–4Ph, which may be substituted with R°; –(CH2)0–4O(CH2)0–1Ph which may be substituted with R°; –CH=CHPh, which may be substituted with R°; –(CH2)0–4O(CH2)0–1-pyridyl which may be substituted with R°; –NO2; –CN; –N3; -(CH2)0–4N(Rq)2; –(CH2)0–4N(Rq)C(O)Rq; –N(Rq)C(S)Rq; –(CH2)0–4N(Rq)C(O)NRq2; -N(Rq)C(S)NRq2; –(CH2)0–4N(Rq)C(O)ORq; -N(Rq)N(Rq)C(O)Rq; -N(Rq)N(Rq)C(O)NRq2; -N(Rq)N(Rq)C(O)ORq; -(CH2)0-4C(O)Rq; -C(S )Rq;–(CH2)0–4C(O)ORq; –(CH2)0–4C(O)SRq; -(CH2)0–4C(O)OSiRq3; –(CH2)0– 4OC(O)Rq; -OC(O)(CH2)0–4SR–, SC(S)SR°; –(CH2)0–4SC(O)Rq; –(CH2)0– 4C(O)NRq2; -C(S)NRq2; –C(S)SR°; -(CH2)0–4OC(O)NRq2; -C(O)N(ORq)Rq; –C(O)C(O)Rq; – C(O)CH2C(O)Rq; –C(NORq)Rq; -(CH2)0–4SSRq; –(CH2)0–4S(O)2Rq; –(CH2)0–4S(O)2ORq; –(CH2)0–4OS(O)2Rq; –S(O)2NRq2; -(CH2)0– 4S(O)Rq; -N(Rq)S(O)2NRq2; –N(Rq)S(O)2Rq; –N(ORq)Rq; –C(NH)NRq2; –P(O)2Rq; -P(O)Rq2; -OP(O)Rq2; –OP(O)(ORq)2; SiRq3; –(C1–4 straight or branched alkylene)O–N(Rq)2; or –(C1–4 straight or branched alkylene)C(O)O–N(Rq)2, wherein each Rq may be substituted as defined below and is independently hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, –O(CH2)0–1Ph, -CH2-(5-6 membered heteroaryl ring), or a 5–6– membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0–4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of Rq, taken together with their intervening atom(s), form a 3–12–membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono– or bicyclic ring
having 0–4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, which may be substituted as defined below. Suitable monovalent substituents on Rq (or the ring formed by taking two independent occurrences of Rq together with their intervening atoms), are independently halogen, (CH2)0-2R●, -(haloR●), -(CH2)0-2OH, -(CH2)0-2OR●, -(CH2)0-2CH(OR●)2; -O(haloR●), –CN, –N3, –(CH2)0–2C(O)R●, –(CH2)0–2C(O)OH, –(CH2)0– 2C(O)OR●, -(CH2)0-2SR●, -(CH2)0-2SH, –(CH2)0–2NH2, –(CH2)0–2NHR●, -(CH2)0-2NR● 2, -NO2, –SiR● 3, –OSiR● 3, -C(O)SR● , –(C1–4 straight or branched alkylene)C(O)OR●, or –SSR● wherein each R● is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently selected from C1–4 aliphatic, –CH2Ph, –O(CH2)0– 1Ph, or a 5–6–membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0–4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of Rq include =O and =S. Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group include the following: =O, =S, =NNR* 2, =NNHC(O)R*, =NNHC(O)OR*, =NNHS(O)2R*, =NR*, =NOR*, –O(C(R* 2))2–3O–, or –S(C(R* 2))2–3S–, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, C1–6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5–6–membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0–4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an “optionally substituted” group include: –O(CR* 2)2–3O–, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, C1–6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5–6–membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0–4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen, -R●, -(haloR●), -OH, –OR●, –O(haloR●), –CN, -C(O)OH, -C(O)OR●, -NH2, -NHR●, –NR● 2, or –NO2, wherein each R● is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C1–4 aliphatic, –CH2Ph, –O(CH2)0–1Ph, or a 5–6–membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0– 4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an “optionally substituted” group include –R†, –NR† 2, –C(O)R†, –C(O)OR†, –C(O)C(O)R†, –C(O)CH2C(O)R†, –S(O)2R†, -S(O)2NR† 2, –C(S)NR† 2, –C(NH)NR† 2, or –N(R†)S(O)2R†; wherein each R† is
independently hydrogen, C1–6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted –OPh, or an unsubstituted 5–6–membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0–4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R†, taken together with their intervening atom(s) form an unsubstituted 3–12–membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono– or bicyclic ring having 0–4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R† are independently halogen, –R●, -(haloR●), –OH, –OR●, –O(haloR●), –CN, –C(O)OH, –C(O)OR●,–NH2, -NHR●, -NR● 2, or –NO2, wherein each R● is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C1–4 aliphatic, –CH2Ph, –O(CH2)0–1Ph, or a 5–6–membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0–4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Compounds described herein can contain one or more double bonds and, thus, potentially give rise to cis/trans (E/Z) isomers, as well as other conformational isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible isomers, as well as mixtures of such isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, a formula with chemical bonds shown only as solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates each possible isomer, e.g., each enantiomer and diastereomer, and a mixture of isomers, such as a racemic or scalemic mixture. Compounds described herein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and, thus, potentially give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the present invention includes all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Mixtures of stereoisomers, as well as isolated specific stereoisomers, are also included. During the course of the synthetic procedures used to prepare such compounds, or in using racemization or epimerization procedures known to those skilled in the art, the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms having the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and l or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign
of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or l meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these compounds, called stereoisomers, are identical except that they are non-superimposable mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer can also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture. Many of the compounds described herein can have one or more chiral centers and therefore can exist in different enantiomeric forms. If desired, a chiral carbon can be designated with an asterisk (*). When bonds to the chiral carbon are depicted as straight lines in the disclosed formulas, it is understood that both the (R) and (S) configurations of the chiral carbon, and hence both enantiomers and mixtures thereof, are embraced within the formula. As is used in the art, when it is desired to specify the absolute configuration about a chiral carbon, one of the bonds to the chiral carbon can be depicted as a wedge (bonds to atoms above the plane) and the other can be depicted as a series or wedge of short parallel lines is (bonds to atoms below the plane). The Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system can be used to assign the (R) or (S) configuration to a chiral carbon. The phrase “the stereochemistry is substantially R or substantially S” is defined as a compound having an enantiomeric excess of one enantiomeric excess of one enantiomer relative to the other enantiomer in the amount greater than 90% enantiomeric excess, greater than 95% enantiomeric excess, greater than 99% enantiomeric excess, or 100% enantiomeric excess. Compounds described herein comprise atoms in both their natural isotopic abundance and in non-natural abundance. The disclosed compounds can be isotopically- labeled or isotopically-substituted compounds identical to those described, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 17O, 35S, 18F, and 36Cl, respectively. Compounds further comprise prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds or of said prodrugs which contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H and 14C are
incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., 3H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures below, by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non- isotopically labeled reagent. The compounds described in the invention can be present as a solvate. In some cases, the solvent used to prepare the solvate is an aqueous solution, and the solvate is then often referred to as a hydrate. The compounds can be present as a hydrate, which can be obtained, for example, by crystallization from a solvent or from aqueous solution. In this connection, one, two, three or any arbitrary number of solvent or water molecules can combine with the compounds according to the invention to form solvates and hydrates. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible solvates. It is also appreciated that certain compounds described herein can be present as an equilibrium of tautomers. For example, ketones with an Į-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the keto form and the enol form.
Likewise, amides with an N-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the amide form and the imidic acid form. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible tautomers. It is known that chemical substances form solids which are present in different states of order which are termed polymorphic forms or modifications. The different modifications of a polymorphic substance can differ greatly in their physical properties. The compounds according to the invention can be present in different polymorphic forms, with it being possible for particular modifications to be metastable. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible polymorphic forms.
In some aspects, a structure of a compound can be represented by a formula:
, which is understood to be equivalent to a formula:
, wherein n is typically an integer. That is, Rn is understood to represent five independent substituents, Rn(a), Rn(b), Rn(c), Rn(d), and Rn(e). By “independent substituents,” it is meant that each R substituent can be independently defined. For example, if in one instance Rn(a) is halogen, then Rn(b) is not necessarily halogen in that instance. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts”, as used herein, means salts of the active principal agents which are prepared with acids or bases that are tolerated by a biological system or tolerated by a subject or tolerated by a biological system and tolerated by a subject when administered in a therapeutically effective amount. When compounds of the present disclosure contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include, but are not limited to; sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, magnesium salt, lithium salt, strontium salt or a similar salt. When compounds of the present disclosure contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include, but are not limited to; those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like.
The term “pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug” or “prodrug” represents those prodrugs of the compounds of the present disclosure which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use. Prodrugs of the present disclosure can be rapidly transformed in vivo to a parent compound having a structure of a disclosed compound, for example, by hydrolysis in blood. A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, V. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press (1987). As used herein, “dose,” “unit dose,” or “dosage” can refer to physically discrete units suitable for use in a subject, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of a disclosed compound and/or a pharmaceutical composition thereof calculated to produce the desired response or responses in association with its administration. As used herein, “administering” can refer to an administration that is oral, topical, intravenous, subcutaneous, transcutaneous, transdermal, intramuscular, intra-joint, parenteral, intra-arteriole, intradermal, intraventricular, intraosseous, intraocular, intracranial, intraperitoneal, intralesional, intranasal, intracardiac, intraarticular, intracavernous, intrathecal, intravireal, intracerebral, and intracerebroventricular, intratympanic, intracochlear, rectal, vaginal, by inhalation, by catheters, stents or via an implanted reservoir or other device that administers, either actively or passively (e.g. by diffusion) a composition the perivascular space and adventitia. For example, a medical device such as a stent can contain a composition or formulation disposed on its surface, which can then dissolve or be otherwise distributed to the surrounding tissue and cells. The term “parenteral” can include subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra- articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional, and intracranial injections or infusion techniques. Administration can be continuous or intermittent. In various aspects, a preparation can be administered therapeutically; that is, administered to treat an existing disease or condition. In further various aspects, a preparation can be administered prophylactically; that is, administered for prevention of a disease or condition. The term “subject” refers to any individual who is the target of administration or treatment. The subject can be a vertebrate, for example, a mammal. Thus, the subject
can be a human or veterinary patient. The term “patient” refers to a subject under the treatment of a clinician, e.g., physician. The term “therapeutically effective” refers to the amount of the composition used is of sufficient quantity to ameliorate one or more causes or symptoms of a disease or disorder. Such amelioration only requires a reduction or alteration, not necessarily elimination. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problems or complications commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. The term “treatment” refers to the medical management of a patient with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent a disease, pathological condition, or disorder. This term includes active treatment, that is, treatment directed specifically toward the improvement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder, and also includes causal treatment, that is, treatment directed toward removal of the cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder. In addition, this term includes palliative treatment, that is, treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing of the disease, pathological condition, or disorder; preventative treatment, that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially or completely inhibiting the development of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder; and supportive treatment, that is, treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directed toward the improvement of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder. As used herein, the term “prevent” or “preventing” refers to precluding, averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something from happening, especially by advance action. It is understood that where reduce, inhibit or prevent are used herein, unless specifically indicated otherwise, the use of the other two words is also expressly disclosed. The term “inhibit” refers to a decrease in an activity, response, condition, disease, or other biological parameter. This can include but is not limited to the complete ablation of the activity, response, condition, or disease. This may also include, for example, a 10% reduction in the activity, response, condition, or disease as compared to the native or control level. Thus, the reduction can be a 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100%, or any amount of reduction in between as compared to native or control levels.
Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no way intended that any method set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Accordingly, where a method claim does not actually recite an order to be followed by its steps or it is not otherwise specifically stated in the claims or descriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it is no way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holds for any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including: matters of logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow; plain meaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation; and the number or type of embodiments described in the specification. Disclosed are the components to be used to prepare the compositions of the invention as well as the compositions themselves to be used within the methods disclosed herein. These and other materials are disclosed herein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets, interactions, groups, etc. of these materials are disclosed that while specific reference of each various individual and collective combinations and permutation of these compounds cannot be explicitly disclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. For example, if a particular compound is disclosed and discussed and a number of modifications that can be made to a number of molecules including the compounds are discussed, specifically contemplated is each and every combination and permutation of the compound and the modifications that are possible unless specifically indicated to the contrary. Thus, if a class of molecules A, B, and C are disclosed as well as a class of molecules D, E, and F and an example of a combination molecule, A-D is disclosed, then even if each is not individually recited each is individually and collectively contemplated meaning combinations, A-E, A-F, B-D, B-E, B-F, C-D, C-E, and C-F are considered disclosed. Likewise, any subset or combination of these is also disclosed. Thus, for example, the sub-group of A-E, B-F, and C-E would be considered disclosed. This concept applies to all aspects of this application including, but not limited to, steps in methods of making and using the compositions of the invention. Thus, if there are a variety of additional steps that can be performed it is understood that each of these additional steps can be performed with any specific embodiment or combination of embodiments of the methods of the invention. It is understood that the compositions disclosed herein have certain functions. Disclosed herein are certain structural requirements for performing the disclosed functions, and it is understood that there are a variety of structures that can perform the
same function that are related to the disclosed structures, and that these structures will typically achieve the same result. As used herein, the terms “optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not. Unless otherwise specified, temperatures referred to herein are based on atmospheric pressure (i.e. one atmosphere). Small Molecule Inhibitors Disclosed herein are small molecules that effectively block the interaction of SARS-CoV-2 Spike protein with ACE2. In one aspect, the compounds described herein have the structure I or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof I
wherein X and Y are independently CR4 or N, where R4 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group; R6 is hydrogen or
Z is O or S; W is NH or a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group; R1 and R3 are independently, hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, alkoxy, halo substituted alkoxy, -CN, -COOH, -COOR5, -CON(R5)2, -NH2, -NHR5, N(R5)2, or -NC(O)R5;
R2a and R2b are independently, hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, alkoxy, halo substituted alkoxy, -CN, -COOH, -COOR5, -CON(R5)2, -NH2, -NHR5, N(R5)2, or -NC(O)R5, or R2a and R2b are part of a heteroaryl group; R5 is independently hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic. In one aspect, wherein X and Y in structure I are CH. In another aspect, X is CH and Y is N in structure I. In another aspect, X is N and Y is CR4. in structure I. In one aspect, R4 is hydrogen or a C1-C6 alkyl group in structure I. In one aspect, R6 is hydrogen in structure I. In another aspect, R6 in structure I is -C(Z)WR3, wherein Z is O and W is NH. In one aspect, R3 in structure I is a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. In another aspect, R3 in structure I is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. In another aspect, R3 in structure I is an unsubstituted phenyl group. In another aspect, R3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group. In one aspect, R1 in structure I is hydrogen. In one aspect, R2a in structure I is hydrogen. In another aspect, R2a in structure I is hydrogen and R2b is a C1-C6 alkyl group, an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, or -CONHR5 or -N(R5)2, where R5 is a C1-C6 alkyl group, an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, or hydrogen. In another aspect, R2a and R2b in structure I are part of a heteroaryl group. In one aspect, R2a and R2b in structure I has the structure or
wherein Z1 and Z2 are independently N or CR4, wherein R4 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group. I one aspect, Z1 is N and Z2 is CR4. In another aspect, Z1 is CR4 and Z2 is N. In one aspect, the compound has the structure II, III, IV, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
wherein each variable in structure II-IV is defined above with respect to structure I. In one aspect, W in structure II-IV is NH. In one aspect, W in structure II-IV is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkylene group. In one aspect, W is -(CbHR7)m–, wherein R7 is hydrogen or an alkyl group and m is an integer from 1 to 6. R7 in structure II-IV is an alkyl group, the stereochemistry Cb is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic. In one aspect, R7 in structure II-IV is an alkyl group and m is 1. In one aspect, R7 in structure II-IV is hydrogen or a methyl group and m is 1. In one aspect, R3 in structure II-IV is a C1-C6 alkyl group. In another aspect, R3 in structure II-IV is a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group. In another aspect, R3 in structure II-IV is a cyclopropyl group or a cyclopentyl group. In one aspect, R3 in structure II-IV is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. In one aspect, R2 in structure II is a C1-C6 alkyl group. In one aspect, R2b in structure II is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. In one aspect, R2b in structure II is -CONHR5. R5 in structure II is a C1-C6 alkyl group or an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. In one aspect, the compound has the structure V or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
In one aspect, R3 in structure V is a cycloalkyl group. In another aspect, R3 in structure V is a cycloalkyl group and R5 is a C1-C5 alkyl group. In one aspect, the compound has the structure VI or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
where R3 is a cycloalkyl group, and the other variables in structure III are defined above with respect to structure I. In one aspect, the compound has the structure VII or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
where R8 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (e.g., phenyl group), R9 is hydrogen or an alkyl group, and the stereochemistry at carbons a and b is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic. In one aspect, the compound is provided in FIG. 18. In another aspect, the compound has the structure
In another aspect, the compound has the structure
which is referred to herein SAI4. The compounds described herein can be produced as racemic mixtures or as enantiomerically pure compounds. Thus, the stereochemistry at carbon a in structure I can be substantially R, substantially S, or racemic. In one aspect, a compound having the structure I can be synthesized as the racemic compound, where each enantiomer is subsequently separated from the racemic mixture. Exemplary methods for separating enantiomers from a racemic mixture are provided in the Examples. In other aspect, compounds having the structure I can be diastereoisomers. For example, when X is structure I is an alkylene group having the formula –(CbHR4)m–, where R4 is an alkyl group, two chiral centers are present in the structure. Using techniques known in the art, the diastereoisomers can be separated from one another. In one aspect, the compounds described herein can be produced by the general reaction scheme provided in FIG. 19. Exemplary methods for producing compounds described herein, as well as characterization information, are provided in the Examples as well as FIGS. 24-26. Solvents, temperatures, and other reaction conditions may vary according to the specific substituents in the compound being synthesized. Methods of Treatment and Administration As disclosed herein, the pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of compounds disclosed herein are useful in treating and/or preventing viral infections that involve endocytic pathways (e.g., SARS-CoV-2 infection) and symptoms related to such a viral infection (e.g., fever, fatigue, dry cough, myalgias, dyspnea, acute respiratory distress syndrome, and pneumonia). Therefore, disclosed herein are methods for administering an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein alone or in combination with at least one additional therapeutic agent (including, but not limited to, any pharmaceutical agent useful in treating SARS-CoV-2 infection and/or symptoms related to such a viral infection (e.g., fever, fatigue, dry cough, myalgias, dyspnea, acute
respiratory distress syndrome, and pneumonia). In some embodiments, the additional agent is one or more of hydroxychloroquine, dexamethasone, and remdesivir. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides methods for administering a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds of the present invention to a subject (e.g., a human subject) (e.g., a human subject suffering from or at risk of suffering from a condition related to SARS-CoV-2 infection (e.g., COVID-19)) for purposes of treating, preventing and/or ameliorating the symptoms of a viral infection (e.g., SARS-CoV-2 infection (e.g., COVID-19)). In such embodiments, the methods are not limited treating, preventing and/or ameliorating the symptoms of a particular type or kind of viral infection. In some embodiments, the viral infection is a SARS-CoV-2 related viral infection (e.g., COVID-19). In such embodiments, administration of the pharmaceutical composition blocks the interaction of SARS-CoV-2 Spike protein with ACE2 within cells of the subject. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein is co-administered with one or more of hydroxychloroquine, dexamethasone, and remdesivir. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is configured for any manner of administration (e.g., oral, intravenous, topical). In some embodiments, the subject is a human subject. In some embodiments, the subject is a human subject suffering from or at risk of suffering from a condition related to SARS-CoV-2 infection (e.g., COVID-19). In some embodiments, the viral infection is a SARS-CoV-2 viral infection. In some embodiments the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions are administered in combination with a known agent to treat respiratory diseases. Known or standard agents or therapies that are used to treat respiratory diseases include, anti- asthma agent/therapies, anti-rhinitis agents/therapies, anti-sinusitis agents/therapies, anti-emphysema agents/therapies, anti-bronchitis agents/therapies or anti-chronic obstructive pulmonary disease agents/therapies. Anti-asthma agents/therapies include mast cell degranulation agents, leukotriene inhibitors, corticosteroids, beta-antagonists, IgE binding inhibitors, anti-CD23 antibody, tryptase inhibitors, and VIP agonists. Anti- allergic rhinitis agents/therapies include HI antihistamines, alpha-adrenergic agents, and glucocorticoids. Anti-chronic sinusitis therapies include, but are not limited to surgery, corticosteroids, antibiotics, anti-fungal agents, salt-water nasal washes or sprays, anti- inflammatory agents, decongestants, guaifensesin, potassium iodide, luekotriene inhibitors, mast cell degranulating agents, topical moisterizing agents, hot air inhalation,
mechanical breathing devices, enzymatic cleaners and antihistamine sprays. Anti emphysema, anti-bronchitis or anti-chronic obstructive pulmonary disease agents/therapies include, but are not limited to oxygen, bronchodilator agents, mycolytic agents, steroids, antibiotics, anti-fungals, moisturization by nebulization, anti-tussives, respiratory stimulants, surgery and alpha 1 antitrypsin. Also disclosed are kits comprising a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein, and one or more of (1) a container, pack, or dispenser, (2) one or more additional agents selected from hydroxychloroquine, dexamethasone, and remdesivir, and (3) instructions for administration. Compositions within the scope of this invention include all pharmaceutical compositions contained in an amount that is effective to achieve its intended purpose. While individual needs vary, determination of optimal ranges of effective amounts of each component is within the skill of the art. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical agents may be administered to mammals, e.g. humans, orally at a dose of 0.0025 to 50 mg/kg, or an equivalent amount of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, per day of the body weight of the mammal being treated. In one embodiment, about 0.01 to about 25 mg/kg is orally administered to treat, ameliorate, or prevent such disorders. For intramuscular injection, the dose is generally about one-half of the oral dose. For example, a suitable intramuscular dose would be about 0.0025 to about 25 mg/kg, or from about 0.01 to about 5 mg/kg. The unit oral dose may comprise from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg, for example, about 0.1 to about 100 mg of the inhibiting agent. The unit dose may be administered one or more times daily as one or more tablets or capsules each containing from about 0.1 to about 10 mg, conveniently about 0.25 to 50 mg of the agent (e.g., small molecule) or its solvates. In a topical formulation, a compound disclosed herein may be present at a concentration of about 0.01 to 100 mg per gram of carrier. In a one embodiment, such a compound is present at a concentration of about 0.07-1.0 mg/ml, for example, about 0.1- 0.5 mg/ml, and in one embodiment, about 0.4 mg/ml. Pharmaceutical Compositions In various aspects, the present disclosure relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one disclosed compound, at least one product of a disclosed method, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. As used herein, “pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers” means one or more of a pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, preservatives, antioxidants, solubilizers, emulsifiers, coloring agents,
releasing agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, and adjuvants. The disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences. In a further aspect, the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions comprise a therapeutically effective amount of at least one disclosed compound, at least one product of a disclosed method, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, optionally one or more other therapeutic agent, and optionally one or more adjuvant. The disclosed pharmaceutical compositions include those suitable for oral, rectal, topical, pulmonary, nasal, and parenteral administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered. In a further aspect, the disclosed pharmaceutical composition can be formulated to allow administration orally, nasally, via inhalation, parenterally, paracancerally, transmucosally, transdermally, intramuscularly, intravenously, intradermally, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intraventricularly, intracranially and intratumorally. As used herein, “parenteral administration” includes administration by bolus injection or infusion, as well as administration by intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticular, subcapsular subarachnoid, intraspinal, epidural and intrasternal injection and infusion. In various aspects, the present disclosure also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent and, as active ingredient, a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a hydrate thereof, a solvate thereof, a polymorph thereof, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof. In a further aspect, a disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a hydrate thereof, a solvate thereof, a polymorph thereof, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof, or any subgroup or combination thereof may be formulated into various pharmaceutical forms for administration purposes. In practice, the compounds of the present disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, of the present disclosure can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional
pharmaceutical compounding techniques. The carrier can take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous). Thus, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure can be presented as discrete units suitable for oral administration such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient. Further, the compositions can be presented as a powder, as granules, as a solution, as a suspension in an aqueous liquid, as a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water emulsion or as a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. In addition to the common dosage forms set out above, the compounds of the present disclosure, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s) thereof, can also be administered by controlled release means and/or delivery devices. The compositions can be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy. In general, such methods include a step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier that constitutes one or more necessary ingredients. In general, the compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both. The product can then be conveniently shaped into the desired presentation. It is especially advantageous to formulate the aforementioned pharmaceutical compositions in unit dosage form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. The term “unit dosage form,” as used herein, refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active ingredient calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. That is, a “unit dosage form” is taken to mean a single dose wherein all active and inactive ingredients are combined in a suitable system, such that the patient or person administering the drug to the patient can open a single container or package with the entire dose contained therein and does not have to mix any components together from two or more containers or packages. Typical examples of unit dosage forms are tablets (including scored or coated tablets), capsules or pills for oral administration; single dose vials for injectable solutions or suspension; suppositories for rectal administration; powder packets; wafers; and segregated multiples thereof. This list of unit dosage forms is not intended to be limiting in any way, but merely to represent typical examples of unit dosage forms. The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein comprise a compound of the present disclosure (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and optionally one or more additional therapeutic
agents. In various aspects, the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In a further aspect, a disclosed compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can also be included in a pharmaceutical composition in combination with one or more other therapeutically active compounds. The instant compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered. The pharmaceutical compositions can be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Techniques and compositions for making dosage forms useful for materials and methods described herein are described, for example, in the following references: Modern Pharmaceutics, Chapters 9 and 10 (Banker & Rhodes, Editors, 1979); Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets (Lieberman et al., 1981); Ansel, Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms 2nd Edition (1976); Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed. (Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985); Advances in Pharmaceutical Sciences (David Ganderton, Trevor Jones, Eds., 1992); Advances in Pharmaceutical Sciences Vol 7. (David Ganderton, Trevor Jones, James McGinity, Eds., 1995); Aqueous Polymeric Coatings for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences, Series 36 (James McGinity, Ed., 1989); Pharmaceutical Particulate Carriers: Therapeutic Applications: Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences, Vol 61 (Alain Rolland, Ed., 1993); Drug Delivery to the Gastrointestinal Tract (Ellis Horwood Books in the Biological Sciences. Series in Pharmaceutical Technology; J. G. Hardy, S. S. Davis, Clive G. Wilson, Eds.); Modern Pharmaceutics Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences, Vol 40 (Gilbert S. Banker, Christopher T. Rhodes, Eds.). The compounds described herein are typically to be administered in admixture with suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients, extenders, or carriers (termed herein as a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, or a carrier) suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration and as consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices. The deliverable compound will be in a form suitable for oral, rectal, topical, intravenous injection or parenteral administration. Carriers include solids or liquids, and the type of carrier is chosen based on the type of administration being used. The compounds may be administered as a dosage that has a known quantity of the compound.
Because of the ease in administration, oral administration can be a preferred dosage form, and tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit forms in which case solid pharmaceutical carriers are obviously employed. However, other dosage forms may be suitable depending upon clinical population (e.g., age and severity of clinical condition), solubility properties of the specific disclosed compound used, and the like. Accordingly, the disclosed compounds can be used in oral dosage forms such as pills, powders, granules, elixirs, tinctures, suspensions, syrups, and emulsions. In preparing the compositions for oral dosage form, any convenient pharmaceutical media can be employed. For example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like can be used to form oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions; while carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like can be used to form oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules are the preferred oral dosage units whereby solid pharmaceutical carriers are employed. Optionally, tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques. The disclosed pharmaceutical compositions in an oral dosage form can comprise one or more pharmaceutical excipient and/or additive. Non-limiting examples of suitable excipients and additives include gelatin, natural sugars such as raw sugar or lactose, lecithin, pectin, starches (for example corn starch or amylose), dextran, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl acetate, gum arabic, alginic acid, tylose, talcum, lycopodium, silica gel (for example colloidal), cellulose, cellulose derivatives (for example cellulose ethers in which the cellulose hydroxy groups are partially etherified with lower saturated aliphatic alcohols and/or lower saturated, aliphatic oxyalcohols, for example methyl oxypropyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate), fatty acids as well as magnesium, calcium or aluminum salts of fatty acids with 12 to 22 carbon atoms, in particular saturated (for example stearates), emulsifiers, oils and fats, in particular vegetable (for example, peanut oil, castor oil, olive oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, corn oil, wheat germ oil, sunflower seed oil, cod liver oil, in each case also optionally hydrated); glycerol esters and polyglycerol esters of saturated fatty acids C12H24O2 to C18H36O2 and their mixtures, it being possible for the glycerol hydroxy groups to be totally or also only partly esterified (for example mono-, di- and triglycerides); pharmaceutically acceptable mono- or multivalent alcohols and polyglycols such as polyethylene glycol and derivatives thereof, esters of aliphatic saturated or
unsaturated fatty acids (2 to 22 carbon atoms, in particular 10-18 carbon atoms) with monovalent aliphatic alcohols (1 to 20 carbon atoms) or multivalent alcohols such as glycols, glycerol, diethylene glycol, pentacrythritol, sorbitol, mannitol and the like, which may optionally also be etherified, esters of citric acid with primary alcohols, acetic acid, urea, benzyl benzoate, dioxolanes, glyceroformals, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyglycol ethers with C1-C12-alcohols, dimethylacetamide, lactamides, lactates, ethyl carbonates, silicones (in particular medium-viscous polydimethyl siloxanes), calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate, sodium phosphate, magnesium carbonate and the like. Other auxiliary substances useful in preparing an oral dosage form are those which cause disintegration (so-called disintegrants), such as: cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sodium carboxymethyl starch, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose or microcrystalline cellulose. Conventional coating substances may also be used to produce the oral dosage form. Those that may for example be considered are: polymerizates as well as copolymerizates of acrylic acid and/or methacrylic acid and/or their esters; copolymerizates of acrylic and methacrylic acid esters with a lower ammonium group content (for example EudragitR RS), copolymerizates of acrylic and methacrylic acid esters and trimethyl ammonium methacrylate (for example EudragitR RL); polyvinyl acetate; fats, oils, waxes, fatty alcohols; hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate or acetate succinate; cellulose acetate phthalate, starch acetate phthalate as well as polyvinyl acetate phthalate, carboxy methyl cellulose; methyl cellulose phthalate, methyl cellulose succinate, -phthalate succinate as well as methyl cellulose phthalic acid half ester; zein; ethyl cellulose as well as ethyl cellulose succinate; shellac, gluten; ethylcarboxyethyl cellulose; ethacrylate-maleic acid anhydride copolymer; maleic acid anhydride-vinyl methyl ether copolymer; styrol-maleic acid copolymerizate; 2-ethyl-hexyl- acrylate maleic acid anhydride; crotonic acid-vinyl acetate copolymer; glutaminic acid/glutamic acid ester copolymer; carboxymethylethylcellulose glycerol monooctanoate; cellulose acetate succinate; polyarginine. Plasticizing agents that may be considered as coating substances in the disclosed oral dosage forms are: citric and tartaric acid esters (acetyl-triethyl citrate, acetyl tributyl-, tributyl-, triethyl-citrate); glycerol and glycerol esters (glycerol diacetate, -triacetate, acetylated monoglycerides, castor oil); phthalic acid esters (dibutyl-, diamyl-, diethyl-, dimethyl-, dipropyl-phthalate), di-(2-methoxy- or 2-ethoxyethyl)-phthalate, ethylphthalyl glycolate, butylphthalylethyl glycolate and butylglycolate; alcohols (propylene glycol,
polyethylene glycol of various chain lengths), adipates (diethyladipate, di-(2-methoxy- or 2-ethoxyethyl)-adipate; benzophenone; diethyl- and diburylsebacate, dibutylsuccinate, dibutyltartrate; diethylene glycol dipropionate; ethyleneglycol diacetate, -dibutyrate, - dipropionate; tributyl phosphate, tributyrin; polyethylene glycol sorbitan monooleate (polysorbates such as Polysorbar 50); sorbitan monooleate. Moreover, suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, flow-inducing agents, and melting agents may be included as carriers. The pharmaceutical carrier employed can be, for example, a solid, liquid, or gas. Examples of solid carriers include, but are not limited to, lactose, terra alba, sucrose, glucose, methylcellulose, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, mannitol, sorbitol talc, starch, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, and stearic acid. Examples of liquid carriers are sugar syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, and water. Examples of gaseous carriers include carbon dioxide and nitrogen. In various aspects, a binder can include, for example, starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth, or sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, waxes, and the like. Lubricants used in these dosage forms include sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, and the like. In a further aspect, a disintegrator can include, for example, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum, and the like. In various aspects, an oral dosage form, such as a solid dosage form, can comprise a disclosed compound that is attached to polymers as targetable drug carriers or as a prodrug. Suitable biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug include, for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, caprolactones, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacylates, and hydrogels, preferably covalently crosslinked hydrogels. Tablets may contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to
delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. A tablet containing a disclosed compound can be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients or adjuvants. Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. In various aspects, a solid oral dosage form, such as a tablet, can be coated with an enteric coating to prevent ready decomposition in the stomach. In various aspects, enteric coating agents include, but are not limited to, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, methacrylic acid-methacrylic acid ester copolymer, polyvinyl acetate-phthalate and cellulose acetate phthalate. Akihiko Hasegawa “Application of solid dispersions of Nifedipine with enteric coating agent to prepare a sustained-release dosage form” Chem. Pharm. Bull.33:1615-1619 (1985). Various enteric coating materials may be selected on the basis of testing to achieve an enteric coated dosage form designed ab initio to have a preferable combination of dissolution time, coating thicknesses and diametral crushing strength (e.g., see S. C. Porter et al. “The Properties of Enteric Tablet Coatings Made From Polyvinyl Acetate-phthalate and Cellulose acetate Phthalate”, J. Pharm. Pharmacol. 22:42p (1970)). In a further aspect, the enteric coating may comprise hydroxypropyl- methylcellulose phthalate, methacrylic acid-methacrylic acid ester copolymer, polyvinyl acetate-phthalate and cellulose acetate phthalate. In various aspects, an oral dosage form can be a solid dispersion with a water soluble or a water insoluble carrier. Examples of water soluble or water insoluble carrier include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, phosphatidylcholine, polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, carboxymethylethylcellulose, or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, or stearic acid. In various aspects, an oral dosage form can be in a liquid dosage form, including those that are ingested, or alternatively, administered as a mouth wash or gargle. For example, a liquid dosage form can include aqueous suspensions, which contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. In addition, oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active
ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. Oily suspensions may also contain various excipients. The pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions, which may also contain excipients such as sweetening and flavoring agents. For the preparation of solutions or suspensions it is, for example, possible to use water, particularly sterile water, or physiologically acceptable organic solvents, such as alcohols (ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1,2-propylene glycol, polyglycols and their derivatives, fatty alcohols, partial esters of glycerol), oils (for example peanut oil, olive oil, sesame oil, almond oil, sunflower oil, soya bean oil, castor oil, bovine hoof oil), paraffins, dimethyl sulfoxide, triglycerides and the like. In the case of a liquid dosage form such as a drinkable solutions, the following substances may be used as stabilizers or solubilizers: lower aliphatic mono- and multivalent alcohols with 2-4 carbon atoms, such as ethanol, n-propanol, glycerol, polyethylene glycols with molecular weights between 200-600 (for example 1 to 40% aqueous solution), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 1,2-propylene glycol, organic amides, for example amides of aliphatic C1-C6-carboxylic acids with ammonia or primary, secondary or tertiary C1-C4-amines or C1-C4-hydroxy amines such as urea, urethane, acetamide, N-methyl acetamide, N,N-diethyl acetamide, N,N-dimethyl acetamide, lower aliphatic amines and diamines with 2-6 carbon atoms, such as ethylene diamine, hydroxyethyl theophylline, tromethamine (for example as 0.1 to 20% aqueous solution), aliphatic amino acids. In preparing the disclosed liquid dosage form can comprise solubilizers and emulsifiers such as the following non-limiting examples can be used: polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sorbitan fatty acid esters such as sorbitan trioleate, phosphatides such as lecithin, acacia, tragacanth, polyoxyethylated sorbitan monooleate and other ethoxylated fatty acid esters of sorbitan, polyoxyethylated fats, polyoxyethylated oleotriglycerides, linolizated oleotriglycerides, polyethylene oxide condensation products of fatty alcohols, alkylphenols or fatty acids or also 1-methyl-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)imidazolidone-(2). In this context, polyoxyethylated means that the substances in question contain polyoxyethylene chains, the degree of polymerization of which generally lies between 2 and 40 and in particular between 10 and 20. Polyoxyethylated substances of this kind may for example be obtained by reaction of hydroxyl group-containing compounds (for example mono- or diglycerides or unsaturated compounds such as those containing oleic acid radicals) with
ethylene oxide (for example 40 Mol ethylene oxide per 1 Mol glyceride). Examples of oleotriglycerides are olive oil, peanut oil, castor oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, corn oil. See also Dr. H. P. Fiedler “Lexikon der Hillsstoffe für Pharmazie, Kostnetik und angrenzende Gebiete” 1971, pages 191-195. In various aspects, a liquid dosage form can further comprise preservatives, stabilizers, buffer substances, flavor correcting agents, sweeteners, colorants, antioxidants and complex formers and the like. Complex formers which may be for example be considered are: chelate formers such as ethylene diamine retrascetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, diethylene triamine pentacetic acid and their salts. It may optionally be necessary to stabilize a liquid dosage form with physiologically acceptable bases or buffers to a pH range of approximately 6 to 9. Preference may be given to as neutral or weakly basic a pH value as possible (up to pH 8). In order to enhance the solubility and/or the stability of a disclosed compound in a disclosed liquid dosage form, a parenteral injection form, or an intravenous injectable form, it can be advantageous to employ Į-, ȕ- or Ȗ-cyclodextrins or their derivatives, in particular hydroxyalkyl substituted cyclodextrins, e.g. 2-hydroxypropyl-ȕ-cyclodextrin or sulfobutyl- ȕ-cyclodextrin. Also co-solvents such as alcohols may improve the solubility and/or the stability of the compounds according to the present disclosure in pharmaceutical compositions. In various aspects, a disclosed liquid dosage form, a parenteral injection form, or an intravenous injectable form can further comprise liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure suitable injection, such as parenteral administration, such as intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous administration. Pharmaceutical compositions for injection can be prepared as solutions or suspensions of the active compounds in water. A suitable surfactant can be included such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils. Further, a preservative can be included to prevent the detrimental growth of microorganisms. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure suitable for parenteral administration can include sterile aqueous or oleaginous solutions, suspensions, or dispersions. Furthermore, the compositions can be in the form of sterile powders for the
extemporaneous preparation of such sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In some aspects, the final injectable form is sterile and must be effectively fluid for use in a syringe. The pharmaceutical compositions should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage; thus, preferably should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), vegetable oils, and suitable mixtures thereof. Injectable solutions, for example, can be prepared in which the carrier comprises saline solution, glucose solution or a mixture of saline and glucose solution. Injectable suspensions may also be prepared in which case appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like may be employed. In some aspects, a disclosed parenteral formulation can comprise about 0.01-0.1 M, e.g. about 0.05 M, phosphate buffer. In a further aspect, a disclosed parenteral formulation can comprise about 0.9% saline. In various aspects, a disclosed parenteral pharmaceutical composition can comprise pharmaceutically acceptable carriers such as aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Examples of non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Aqueous carriers include but not limited to water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media. Parenteral vehicles can include mannitol, normal serum albumin, sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's and fixed oils. Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers such as those based on Ringer's dextrose, and the like. Preservatives and other additives may also be present, such as, for example, antimicrobials, antioxidants, collating agents, inert gases and the like. In a further aspect, a disclosed parenteral pharmaceutical composition can comprise may contain minor amounts of additives such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability, e.g., buffers and preservatives. Also contemplated for injectable pharmaceutical compositions are solid form preparations that are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations. Furthermore, other adjuvants can be included to render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the subject or patient. In addition to the pharmaceutical compositions described herein above, the disclosed compounds can also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations can be administered by implantation (e.g., subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compounds can be
formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (e.g., as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, e.g., as a sparingly soluble salt. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure can be in a form suitable for topical administration. As used herein, the phrase “topical application” means administration onto a biological surface, whereby the biological surface includes, for example, a skin area (e.g., hands, forearms, elbows, legs, face, nails, anus and genital areas) or a mucosal membrane. By selecting the appropriate carrier and optionally other ingredients that can be included in the composition, as is detailed herein below, the compositions of the present invention may be formulated into any form typically employed for topical application. A topical pharmaceutical composition can be in a form of a cream, an ointment, a paste, a gel, a lotion, milk, a suspension, an aerosol, a spray, foam, a dusting powder, a pad, and a patch. Further, the compositions can be in a form suitable for use in transdermal devices. These formulations can be prepared, utilizing a compound of the present disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, via conventional processing methods. As an example, a cream or ointment is prepared by mixing hydrophilic material and water, together with about 5 wt% to about 10 wt% of the compound, to produce a cream or ointment having a desired consistency. In the compositions suitable for percutaneous administration, the carrier optionally comprises a penetration enhancing agent and/or a suitable wetting agent, optionally combined with suitable additives of any nature in minor proportions, which additives do not introduce a significant deleterious effect on the skin. Said additives may facilitate the administration to the skin and/or may be helpful for preparing the desired compositions. These compositions may be administered in various ways, e.g., as a transdermal patch, as a spot-on, as an ointment. Ointments are semisolid preparations, typically based on petrolatum or petroleum derivatives. The specific ointment base to be used is one that provides for optimum delivery for the active agent chosen for a given formulation, and, preferably, provides for other desired characteristics as well (e.g., emollience). As with other carriers or vehicles, an ointment base should be inert, stable, nonirritating and nonsensitizing. As explained in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th Ed., Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Co. (1995), pp. 1399-1404, ointment bases may be grouped in four classes: oleaginous bases; emulsifiable bases; emulsion bases; and water-soluble bases. Oleaginous ointment bases include, for example, vegetable oils, fats obtained from
animals, and semisolid hydrocarbons obtained from petroleum. Emulsifiable ointment bases, also known as absorbent ointment bases, contain little or no water and include, for example, hydroxystearin sulfate, anhydrous lanolin and hydrophilic petrolatum. Emulsion ointment bases are either water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions or oil-in-water (O/W) emulsions, and include, for example, cetyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, lanolin and stearic acid. Preferred water-soluble ointment bases are prepared from polyethylene glycols of varying molecular weight. Lotions are preparations that are to be applied to the skin surface without friction. Lotions are typically liquid or semiliquid preparations in which solid particles, including the active agent, are present in a water or alcohol base. Lotions are typically preferred for treating large body areas, due to the ease of applying a more fluid composition. Lotions are typically suspensions of solids, and oftentimes comprise a liquid oily emulsion of the oil-in-water type. It is generally necessary that the insoluble matter in a lotion be finely divided. Lotions typically contain suspending agents to produce better dispersions as well as compounds useful for localizing and holding the active agent in contact with the skin, such as methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, and the like. Creams are viscous liquids or semisolid emulsions, either oil-in-water or water-in- oil. Cream bases are typically water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier and an aqueous phase. The oil phase, also called the “internal” phase, is generally comprised of petrolatum and/or a fatty alcohol such as cetyl or stearyl alcohol. The aqueous phase typically, although not necessarily, exceeds the oil phase in volume, and generally contains a humectant. The emulsifier in a cream formulation is generally a nonionic, anionic, cationic or amphoteric surfactant. Reference may be made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra, for further information. Pastes are semisolid dosage forms in which the bioactive agent is suspended in a suitable base. Depending on the nature of the base, pastes are divided between fatty pastes or those made from a single-phase aqueous gel. The base in a fatty paste is generally petrolatum, hydrophilic petrolatum and the like. The pastes made from single- phase aqueous gels generally incorporate carboxymethylcellulose or the like as a base. Additional reference may be made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, for further information. Gel formulations are semisolid, suspension-type systems. Single-phase gels contain organic macromolecules distributed substantially uniformly throughout the carrier liquid, which is typically aqueous, but also, preferably, contain an alcohol and, optionally,
an oil. Preferred organic macromolecules, i.e., gelling agents, are crosslinked acrylic acid polymers such as the family of carbomer polymers, e.g., carboxypolyalkylenes that may be obtained commercially under the trademark Carbopol™. Other types of preferred polymers in this context are hydrophilic polymers such as polyethylene oxides, polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers and polyvinylalcohol; modified cellulose, such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and methyl cellulose; gums such as tragacanth and xanthan gum; sodium alginate; and gelatin. In order to prepare a uniform gel, dispersing agents such as alcohol or glycerin can be added, or the gelling agent can be dispersed by trituration, mechanical mixing or stirring, or combinations thereof. Sprays generally provide the active agent in an aqueous and/or alcoholic solution which can be misted onto the skin for delivery. Such sprays include those formulated to provide for concentration of the active agent solution at the site of administration following delivery, e.g., the spray solution can be primarily composed of alcohol or other like volatile liquid in which the active agent can be dissolved. Upon delivery to the skin, the carrier evaporates, leaving concentrated active agent at the site of administration. Foam compositions are typically formulated in a single or multiple phase liquid form and housed in a suitable container, optionally together with a propellant which facilitates the expulsion of the composition from the container, thus transforming it into a foam upon application. Other foam forming techniques include, for example the “Bag-in-a-can” formulation technique. Compositions thus formulated typically contain a low-boiling hydrocarbon, e.g., isopropane. Application and agitation of such a composition at the body temperature cause the isopropane to vaporize and generate the foam, in a manner similar to a pressurized aerosol foaming system. Foams can be water-based or aqueous alkanolic, but are typically formulated with high alcohol content which, upon application to the skin of a user, quickly evaporates, driving the active ingredient through the upper skin layers to the site of treatment. Skin patches typically comprise a backing, to which a reservoir containing the active agent is attached. The reservoir can be, for example, a pad in which the active agent or composition is dispersed or soaked, or a liquid reservoir. Patches typically further include a frontal water permeable adhesive, which adheres and secures the device to the treated region. Silicone rubbers with self-adhesiveness can alternatively be used. In both cases, a protective permeable layer can be used to protect the adhesive side of the patch prior to its use. Skin patches may further comprise a removable cover, which serves for
protecting it upon storage. Examples of patch configuration which can be utilized with the present invention include a single-layer or multi-layer drug-in-adhesive systems which are characterized by the inclusion of the drug directly within the skin-contacting adhesive. In such a transdermal patch design, the adhesive not only serves to affix the patch to the skin, but also serves as the formulation foundation, containing the drug and all the excipients under a single backing film. In the multi-layer drug-in-adhesive patch a membrane is disposed between two distinct drug-in-adhesive layers or multiple drug-in-adhesive layers are incorporated under a single backing film. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that are suitable for pharmaceutical compositions for topical applications include carrier materials that are well- known for use in the cosmetic and medical arts as bases for e.g., emulsions, creams, aqueous solutions, oils, ointments, pastes, gels, lotions, milks, foams, suspensions, aerosols and the like, depending on the final form of the composition. Representative examples of suitable carriers according to the present invention therefore include, without limitation, water, liquid alcohols, liquid glycols, liquid polyalkylene glycols, liquid esters, liquid amides, liquid protein hydrolysates, liquid alkylated protein hydrolysates, liquid lanolin and lanolin derivatives, and like materials commonly employed in cosmetic and medicinal compositions. Other suitable carriers according to the present invention include, without limitation, alcohols, such as, for example, monohydric and polyhydric alcohols, e.g., ethanol, isopropanol, glycerol, sorbitol, 2-methoxyethanol, diethyleneglycol, ethylene glycol, hexyleneglycol, mannitol, and propylene glycol; ethers such as diethyl or dipropyl ether; polyethylene glycols and methoxypolyoxyethylenes (carbowaxes having molecular weight ranging from 200 to 20,000); polyoxyethylene glycerols, polyoxyethylene sorbitols, stearoyl diacetin, and the like. Topical compositions of the present disclosure can, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device, such as an FDA-approved kit, which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The dispenser device may, for example, comprise a tube. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration. The pack or dispenser device may also be accompanied by a notice in a form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the compositions for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, may include labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription
drugs or of an approved product insert. Compositions comprising the topical composition of the invention formulated in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition. Another patch system configuration which can be used by the present invention is a reservoir transdermal system design which is characterized by the inclusion of a liquid compartment containing a drug solution or suspension separated from the release liner by a semi-permeable membrane and adhesive. The adhesive component of this patch system can either be incorporated as a continuous layer between the membrane and the release liner or in a concentric configuration around the membrane. Yet another patch system configuration which can be utilized by the present invention is a matrix system design which is characterized by the inclusion of a semisolid matrix containing a drug solution or suspension which is in direct contact with the release liner. The component responsible for skin adhesion is incorporated in an overlay and forms a concentric configuration around the semisolid matrix. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure can be in a form suitable for rectal administration wherein the carrier is a solid. It is preferable that the mixture forms unit dose suppositories. Suitable carriers include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art. The suppositories can be conveniently formed by first admixing the composition with the softened or melted carrier(s) followed by chilling and shaping in molds. Pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound of the present disclosure, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be prepared in powder or liquid concentrate form. The pharmaceutical composition (or formulation) may be packaged in a variety of ways. Generally, an article for distribution includes a container that contains the pharmaceutical composition in an appropriate form. Suitable containers are well known to those skilled in the art and include materials such as bottles (plastic and glass), sachets, foil blister packs, and the like. The container may also include a tamper proof assemblage to prevent indiscreet access to the contents of the package. In addition, the container typically has deposited thereon a label that describes the contents of the container and any appropriate warnings or instructions. The disclosed pharmaceutical compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a
blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration. The pack or dispenser may also be accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, may be the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a disclosed compound formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition. The exact dosage and frequency of administration depends on the particular disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, a hydrate thereof, a solvate thereof, a polymorph thereof, or a stereochemically isomeric form thereof; the particular condition being treated and the severity of the condition being treated; various factors specific to the medical history of the subject to whom the dosage is administered such as the age; weight, sex, extent of disorder and general physical condition of the particular subject, as well as other medication the individual may be taking; as is well known to those skilled in the art. Furthermore, it is evident that said effective daily amount may be lowered or increased depending on the response of the treated subject and/or depending on the evaluation of the physician prescribing the compounds of the present disclosure. Depending on the mode of administration, the pharmaceutical composition will comprise from 0.05 to 99 % by weight, preferably from 0.1 to 70 % by weight, more preferably from 0.1 to 50 % by weight of the active ingredient, and, from 1 to 99.95 % by weight, preferably from 30 to 99.9 % by weight, more preferably from 50 to 99.9 % by weight of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, all percentages being based on the total weight of the composition. In one aspect, an appropriate dosage level will generally be about 0.01 to 1000 mg of a compound described herein per kg patient body weight per day and can be administered in single or multiple doses. In various aspects, the dosage level will be about 0.1 to about 500 mg/kg per day, about 0.1 to 250 mg/kg per day, or about 0.5 to 100 mg/kg per day. A suitable dosage level can be about 0.01 to 1000 mg/kg per day, about 0.01 to 500 mg/kg per day, about 0.01 to 250 mg/kg per day, about 0.05 to 100 mg/kg per day, or about 0.1 to 50 mg/kg per day. Within this range the dosage can be 0.05 to 0.5, 0.5 to 5.0
or 5.0 to 50 mg/kg per day. For oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 1.0 to 1000 mg of the active ingredient, particularly 1.0, 5.0, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 750, 800, 900 and 1000 mg of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage of the patient to be treated. The compound can be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day. This dosing regimen can be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response. Such unit doses as described hereinabove and hereinafter can be administered more than once a day, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 times a day. In various aspects, such unit doses can be administered 1 or 2 times per day, so that the total dosage for a 70 kg adult is in the range of 0.001 to about 15 mg per kg weight of subject per administration. In a further aspect, dosage is 0.01 to about 1.5 mg per kg weight of subject per administration, and such therapy can extend for a number of weeks or months, and in some cases, years. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend on a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the individual being treated; the time and route of administration; the rate of excretion; other drugs that have previously been administered; and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy, as is well understood by those of skill in the area. A typical dosage can be one 1 mg to about 100 mg tablet or 1 mg to about 300 mg taken once a day, or, multiple times per day, or one time-release capsule or tablet taken once a day and containing a proportionally higher content of active ingredient. The time- release effect can be obtained by capsule materials that dissolve at different pH values, by capsules that release slowly by osmotic pressure, or by any other known means of controlled release. It can be necessary to use dosages outside these ranges in some cases as will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Further, it is noted that the clinician or treating physician will know how and when to start, interrupt, adjust, or terminate therapy in conjunction with individual patient response. The disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can further comprise other therapeutically active compounds, which are usually applied in the treatment of the above mentioned pathological or clinical conditions. It is understood that the disclosed compositions can be prepared from the disclosed compounds. It is also understood that the disclosed compositions can be
employed in the disclosed methods of using. As already mentioned, the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a hydrate thereof, a solvate thereof, a polymorph thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Additionally, the present disclosure relates to a process for preparing such a pharmaceutical composition, characterized in that a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intimately mixed with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present disclosure. A number of embodiments of the invention have been described. Nevertheless, it will be understood that various modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, other embodiments are within the scope of the following claims. Aspects Aspect 1. A compound having the structure I or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof I
wherein X and Y are independently CR4 or N, where R4 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group; R6 is hydrogen or
Z is O or S;
W is NH or a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group; R1 and R3 are independently, hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, alkoxy, halo substituted alkoxy, -CN, -COOH, -COOR5, -CON(R5)2, -NH2, -NHR5, N(R5)2, or -NC(O)R5; R2a and R2b are independently, hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, alkoxy, halo substituted alkoxy, -CN, -COOH, -COOR5, -CON(R5)2, -NH2, -NHR5, N(R5)2, or -NC(O)R5, or R2a and R2b are part of a heteroaryl group; R5 is independently hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic, and the compound is not SAI4. Aspect 2. The compound of Aspect 1, wherein X and Y are CH. Aspect 3. The compound of Aspect 1, wherein X is CH and Y is N. Aspect 4. The compound of Aspect 1, wherein X is N and Y is CR4. Aspect 5. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-4, wherein R4 is hydrogen or a C1-C6 alkyl group. Aspect 6. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-5, wherein R6 is hydrogen. Aspect 7. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-5, wherein R6 is -C(Z)WR3, wherein Z is O and W is NH. Aspect 8. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-5, wherein R6 is -C(Z)WR3, wherein Z is O and W is –(CbHR7)m–, wherein R7 is hydrogen or an alkyl group and m is an integer from 1 to 6. Aspect 9. The compound of Aspect 8, wherein when R7 is an alkyl group, the stereochemistry Cb is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic. Aspect 10. The compound of Aspect 8, wherein R7 is an alkyl group and m is 1.
Aspect 1. The compound of Aspect 8, wherein R7 is hydrogen or a methyl group and m is 1. Aspect 12. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-11, wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Aspect 13. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-11, wherein R3 is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. Aspect 14. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-11, wherein R3 is an unsubstituted phenyl group. Aspect 15. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-14, wherein R3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group. Aspect 16. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-14, wherein R1 is hydrogen. Aspect 17. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-16, wherein R2a is hydrogen. Aspect 18. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-17, wherein R2b is a C1-C6 alkyl group. Aspect 19. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-17, wherein R2b is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. Aspect 20. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-17, wherein R2b is -CONHR5 or - N(R5)2. Aspect 21. The compound of Aspect 15, wherein R5 is a C1-C6 alkyl group, an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, or hydrogen. Aspect 22. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-17, wherein R2a and R2b are part of a heteroaryl group. Aspect 23. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-17, wherein R2a and R2b has the structure
or
wherein Z1 and Z2 are independently N or CR4, wherein R4 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group Aspect 24. The compound of Aspect 23, wherein Z1 is N and Z2 is CR4. Aspect 25. The compound of Aspect 23, wherein Z1 is CR4 and Z2 is N. Aspect 26. The compound of Aspect 1 having the structure II, III, IV, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
or
wherein W is NH or a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group;
R2b is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a C1-C6 alkyl group, -COOH, -COOR5, -CON(R5)2, -NH2, -NHR5, N(R5)2, or -NC(O)R5; R3 is hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an araalky group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; Z1 and Z2 are independently N or CR4, and the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic. Aspect 27. The compound of Aspect 26, wherein W is NH. Aspect 28. The compound of Aspect 26 or 27, wherein R3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group. Aspect 29. The compound of Aspect 26 or 27, wherein R3 is a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group. Aspect 30. The compound of Aspect 26 or 27, wherein R3 is a cyclopropyl group or a cyclopentyl group. Aspect 31. The compound of Aspect 26 or 27, wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. Aspect 32. The compound of any one of Aspects 26-31, wherein R2b is a C1-C6 alkyl group. Aspect 33. The compound of any one of Aspects 26-31, wherein R2b is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. Aspect 34. The compound of any one of Aspects 26-31, wherein R2b is -CONHR5 or - N(R5)2. Aspect 35. The compound of Aspect 34, wherein R5 is a C1-C6 alkyl group, an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, or hydrogen. Aspect 36. The compound of Aspect 26, wherein W is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkylene group. Aspect 37. The compound of Aspect 26, wherein W is –(CbHR7)m–, wherein R7 is hydrogen or an alkyl group and m is an integer from 1 to 6. Aspect 38. The compound of Aspect 37, wherein when R7 is an alkyl group, the stereochemistry Cb is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic. Aspect 39. The compound of Aspect 37, wherein R7 is an alkyl group and m is 1. Aspect 40. The compound of Aspect 37, wherein R7 is hydrogen or a methyl group and m is 1. Aspect 41. The compound of any one of Aspects 36-40, wherein R3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
Aspect 42. The compound of any one of Aspects 36-40, wherein R3 is a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group. Aspect 43. The compound of any one of Aspects 36-40, wherein R3 is a cyclopropyl group or a cyclopentyl group. Aspect 44. The compound of Aspect 1 having the structure V or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
Aspect 45. The compound of Aspect 44, wherein R3 is a cycloalkyl group. Aspect 46. The compound of Aspect 44, wherein R3 is a cycloalkyl group and R5 is a C1-C5 alkyl group. Aspect 47. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-46, wherein the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially R. Aspect 48. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-46, wherein the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially S. Aspect 49. The compound of any one of Aspects 1-46, wherein the stereochemistry at carbon a is racemic. Aspect 50. The compound of Aspect 1, wherein the compound has the structure
. Aspect 52. The compound of Aspect 1, wherein the compound has the structure
. Aspect 53. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of Aspects 1 to 52 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
Aspect 54. A method for treating or preventing a viral infection in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a compound of any one of Aspects 1-53 or SAI4. Aspect 55. The method of Aspect 54, wherein the compound is (S)-SAI4. Aspect 56. The method of Aspect 54 or 55, wherein the virus enters via binding to Angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 (ACE2). Aspect 57. The method of Aspect 54, wherein the viral infection comprises a coronavirus. Aspect 58. The method of Aspect 54, wherein the viral infection comprises SARS-CoV-2, SARS-CoV, or human coronavirus NL63 (HCoV-NL63). Aspect 59. The method of any one of Aspects 54 to 58, wherein the viral infection is resistant to antiviral therapy. Aspect 60. The method of any one of Aspects 54 to 59, further comprising administering to the subject an antiviral compound. Aspect 61. The method of Aspect 60, wherein the antiviral compound comprises hydroxychloroquine, dexamethasone, or remdesivir. Aspect 62. The method of any one of Aspects 54 to 59, further comprising administering to the subject an asthma agent, an anti-rhinitis agent, an anti-sinusitis agent, an anti- emphysema agent, an anti-bronchitis agent, an anti-chronic obstructive pulmonary disease agent, or any combination thereof. Aspect 63. The method of any one of Aspects 54 to 62, wherein the composition is administered nasally. EXAMPLES The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how the compounds, compositions, articles, devices and/or methods claimed herein are made and evaluated, and are intended to be purely exemplary of the disclosure and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their disclosure. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.), but some errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in °C or is at ambient temperature, and pressure.
Example 1 Chemistry and Compound Synthesis Experimental procedure
Synthesis of 4-(4-isopropylphenyl)-5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[f]pyrrolo[1,2- a][1,4]diazepineāHCl (SOH-I-27): To the solution of (2-(1H-pyrrol-1- yl)phenyl)methanamine (1.0 eq) in EtOH, was added 4-isopropylbenzaldehyde (1.0 eq) and was heated under reflux for 6 hours. The solution was evaporated on reduced vapor pressure. The residue was dissolved in dioxane, was added 4N HCl in dioxane and stirred for another 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by combi flash using 0-10% MeOH in DCM gradient (64% yield): 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.56 - 7.52 (m, 3H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.42 - 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.27 - 7.23 (m, 3H), 6.17 (t, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (bs, 1H), 4.88 (s, 1H), 4.04 (d, J = 13.6 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.94 - 2.87 (m, 1H), 1.23 - 1.21 (m, 6H). Synthesis of N-cyclopentyl-4-(4-isopropylphenyl)-4H-benzo[f]pyrrolo[1,2- a][1,4]diazepine-5(6H)-carboxamide (SOH-I-55): To the solution of 4-(4-isopropylphenyl)- 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[f]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepineāHCl in DCM, was added aqueous NH3 solution and stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with 10% MeOH in DCM (20 mL) and water. Extracted with DCM (3×25 mL) and combined organic layer was dried on Na2SO4 and concentrated reduced vapor pressure to give the free base version of SOH-I-27. To the solution of 4-(4-isopropylphenyl)-5,6-dihydro-4H- benzo[f]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine (1.0 eq) in DCM, was added isocyanatocyclopentane (1.0 Eq) and subsequently Et3N (1.5 Eq). The reaction mixture was stirred for overnight at rt. After confirming with TLC, reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL) and water (20 mL). Extracted with DCM (2×25 mL) and combined organic layer was dried on Na2SO4 and concentrated reduced vapor pressure. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by combi flash using 0-50% EtOAC in hexanes gradient (65% yield). The compound was precipitized in DCM and Hexane system to afford white solid (59% yield): 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.56 (distorted d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 - 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.28
- 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.12 - 7.04 (m, 4H), 6.97(dd, J = 2.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.24(t, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.88 (br, 1H), 5.61 (s, 1H), 4.76- 4.67 (m, 2H), 4.03 -3.97 (m, 1H), 2.89 - 2.83 (m, 1H), 1.77 - 1.65 (m, 2H), 1.41 - 1.15 (m, 12H). Chiral Separation of SAI4 racemic mixture: The separation was achieved using 2.0 x 25.0 cm ChromegaChiral CCS Column with an isocratic method using Isopropanol/Hexane (1:1) as mobile phase. The enantiomeric excess (ee%) of (S)-SAI4 is 99.1% and that of (R)-SAI4 is 98.6%. 1H-NMR of (R)-SAI4 and (S)-SAI4: (S)-SAI4: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.45 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30 – 7.11 (m, 4H), 6.92 – 6.83 (m, 2H), 6.65 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 6.25 – 6.17 (m, 2H), 6.06 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (d, J = 13.7 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (d, J = 13.6 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (h, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.75 – 2.65 (m, 1H), 1.82 – 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.55 (ddt, J = 8.9, 6.0, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (ttd, J = 11.7, 6.5, 3.1 Hz, 4H), 1.30 – 1.17 (m, 2H), 1.06 (dd, J = 6.9, 1.0 Hz, 6H). (R)-SAI4: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.45 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.32 – 7.09 (m, 4H), 6.93 – 6.83 (m, 2H), 6.65 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 6.26 – 6.15 (m, 2H), 6.06 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (d, J = 13.6 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (d, J = 13.6 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (h, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.76 – 2.62 (m, 1H), 1.84 – 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.60 – 1.50 (m, 1H), 1.49 – 1.35 (m, 4H), 1.31 – 1.16 (m, 2H), 1.06 (dd, J = 6.9, 1.0 Hz, 6H). SARS-CoV-2 Spike Pseudovirus production. Luciferase-encoding lentiviruses pseudotyped with viral glycoprotein of interest were generated using known methods. Briefly, HEK293T cells were transfected with pHAGE-CMV-Luc2-IRES-ZsGreen-W (BEI catalog number NR-52516), pHDM-IDTSpike-fixK (BEI catalog number NR-52514), pHDM-Hgpm2 (BEI catalog number NR-52517), pHDM-tat1b (NR-52518), and pRC-CMV- Rev1b (NR-52519) plasmids using Fugene 6 transfection reagent (Roche) following manufacturer’s protocol. Seventy-two hours post-transfection, virus-containing supernatants were harvested, filtered through 0.45 ^m sterile filter, and concentrated using Amicon Ultra-15 centrifugal filters (Millipore). Aliquots of pseudoviruses were stored at -80°C. SARS-CoV-2 Spike pseudovirus inhibition assay. HEK293T-ACE2 cells were seeded in μClear Black 96-well plates (Greiner Bio-One) in 100 ^l of DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS at a density of 1.25 x 104 cells per well. Sixteen hours after plating, equal amounts (RLUs/ml) of SARS-CoV-2 Spike pseudovirus were incubated with indicated
concentrations of the test inhibitor or diluent control (DMSO) in 50 ^l of DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS for 1 h at 37°C in a V-bottom 96-well plate. The virus-inhibitor mixture was then added to the HEK293T-ACE2 cells. After 48 h, 100 ^l of supernatant was removed from each well and luciferase activity was measured using Bright-Glo Luciferase Assay System (Promega) following the manufacturer’s protocol. Luminescence was detected using an Infinite M PLEX multimode plate reader (Tecan). Percent viral inhibition was calculated as the percent reduction in luciferase activity of pseudovirus incubated with a given concentration of inhibitor compared to the pseudovirus incubated with the diluent control. The concentration of inhibitor that resulted in 50% inhibition of viral replication (IC50) was interpolated from a non-linear, best-fit curve using GraphPad Prism software. Results and Discussion “Hot-spot” Based Virtual Screening and Primary Hit Compound Blocking the direct contact between host cell’s Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme 2 (ACE2) and SARS-CoV-2 Spike protein Receptor-Binding Domain (RBD) (Fig.1A) is always attractive yet challenging since the interface between two proteins is too large and flat for small molecular inhibitors to effectively bind at a high affinity. During the past several years, “hot-spot” based protein-protein interaction inhibitor design strategy has been widely acknowledged, which only takes the advantages of minimum numbers of critical residues that make the most contributions to the protein binding. There are three regions of hot-spot residues located at the protein interface between ACE2 and Spike RBD, as shown in Fig.1B. Interestingly, majority of the hot-spot residues located at the left region, forming a small pocket that is different from region 2 and 3. As a surface view shown in Fig.1C, Y505, Y453, and Y449 provided hydrophobicity to the pocket, while R403, N501, and Q498 provided h-bond donor and acceptor features to make the site more targetable. Usually, small molecular binders favor a shallow pocket more than a flat surface. Therefore, region 1 was the focus for virtual screening. A combined commercially available library with 93,835 drug-like compounds was applied and prepared using LigPrep module of Schrodinger Molecular Modeling Suite before being docked into region 1 sequentially by Glide SP and Glide XP protocol as the 1st and 2nd round molecular docking. After ranking by the docking scores, top 1000 poses were visually inspected, and 50ns molecular dynamic simulation was performed for each promising ligand (Fig.2A). Ligands that showed considerable occupancy in pocket and a relatively stable pose during the simulation were preferably picked. Ten compounds were finalized and obtained, from
which SAI4 is the hit compounds based on experimental validation both by pseudo-virus entry assay and ELISA assay (Fig.2B). SAI4 bears a 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzo[f]pyrrolo[1,2- a][1,4]diazepine scaffold with a cumene moiety directly attached and a cyclopentane ring linked by a urea group. As shown by the predicted binding pose (Fig.2C), the overall structural feature of SAI4 allows it to perfectly fit in the region 1 pocket. Twisted seven- membered ring orientated the pyrrole moiety right below the Y505, with the benzene ring attached to the outer surface. Overlay the binding pose with the ACE2 N-terminal helix (Fig.2C) indicated that the site of SAI4 was right at the bottom of ACE2. In order to further investigate the detailed energy profile of SAI4 interaction with each residue in the pocket, 50ns of molecular dynamics simulation coupled with MM/GBSA per-residue energy decomposition was performed. Trajectory of SAI4 and Spike RBD was illustrated as a cluster of snapshots (Fig.3A), which indicated a relative stable pose during the simulation. per-residue decomposition showed that Y495, G496, F497, Q498, N501, Y505, and R403 made the significant contribution to the protein-ligand interaction (Fig.3B-C). FIG.27 shows the dose-dependent inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus infection by SAI4 enantiomers and analogs. Dose response curves of the indicated SAI4 [SOH-I-55-01], its enantiomers [SAI4-A(S) and SAI4-B(R)] and its analog [SOH-I-41-01] generated by plotting the percent viral inhibition (y-axis) against the log transformation of SAP concentration (mM, x-axis). Each data point represents the average of five independent experiments, performed in duplicate. Error bars represent standard deviations. The dotted gray line indicates 50% viral inhibition used to determine the IC50 value. Computed IC50 values for the indicated inhibitor from five independent experiments ± standard deviations are shown. FIG.28 shows the dose-dependent inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Spike-pseudotyped lentivirus infection by SAI4 analogs. Dose response curves of the indicated SAI4 analogs [SOH-II-91-01 and SOH-II-92-01] generated by plotting the percent viral inhibition (y-axis) against the log transformation of SAP concentration (mM, x-axis). Each data point represents a single experiment, performed in duplicate. Error bars represent deviation between the duplicates. The dotted gray line indicates 50% viral inhibition used to determine the IC50 value. Computed IC50 values for the indicated inhibitor from a single experiment are shown. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which the disclosed
invention belongs. Publications cited herein and the materials for which they are cited are specifically incorporated by reference. Those skilled in the art will recognize or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.
Claims
WHAT IS CLAIMED IS: 1. A compound having the structure I or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof I
wherein X and Y are independently CR4 or N, where R4 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group; R6 is hydrogen or
Z is O or S; W is NH or a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group; R1 and R3 are independently, hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, alkoxy, halo substituted alkoxy, -CN, -COOH, -COOR5, -CON(R5)2, -NH2, -NHR5, N(R5)2, or -NC(O)R5; R2a and R2b are independently, hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, alkoxy, halo substituted alkoxy, -CN, -COOH, -COOR5, -CON(R5)2, -NH2, -NHR5, N(R5)2, or -NC(O)R5, or
R2a and R2b are part of a heteroaryl group; R5 is independently hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic, and the compound is not SAI4.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein X and Y are CH.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein X is CH and Y is N.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein X is N and Y is CR4.
5. The compound of any one of claims 1-4, wherein R4 is hydrogen or a C1-C6 alkyl group.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein R6 is hydrogen.
7. The compound of claim 1, wherein R6 is -C(Z)WR3, wherein Z is O and W is NH.
8. The compound of claim 1, wherein R6 is -C(Z)WR3, wherein Z is O and W is – (CbHR7)m–, wherein R7 is hydrogen or an alkyl group and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
9. The compound of claim 8, wherein when R7 is an alkyl group, the stereochemistry Cb is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic.
10. The compound of claim 8, wherein R7 is an alkyl group and m is 1.
11. The compound of claim 8, wherein R7 is hydrogen or a methyl group and m is 1.
12. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
13. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.
14. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is an unsubstituted phenyl group.
15. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
16. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is hydrogen.
17. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2a is hydrogen.
18. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2b is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
19. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2b is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.
20. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2b is -CONHR5 or -N(R5)2.
21. The compound of claim 1, wherein R5 is a C1-C6 alkyl group, an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, or hydrogen.
22. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2a and R2b are part of a heteroaryl group.
24. The compound of claim 23, wherein Z1 is N and Z2 is CR4.
25. The compound of claim 23, wherein Z1 is CR4 and Z2 is N.
26. The compound of claim 1 having the structure II, III, IV, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or
wherein W is NH or a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group; R2b is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a C1-C6 alkyl group, -COOH, -COOR5, -CON(R5)2, -NH2, -NHR5, N(R5)2, or -NC(O)R5; R3 is hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group or heterocycloalkyl group, an araalky group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; Z1 and Z2 are independently N or CR4, and the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic.
27. The compound of claim 26, wherein W is NH.
28. The compound of claim 26, wherein R3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
29. The compound of claim 26, wherein R3 is a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group.
30. The compound of claim 26, wherein R3 is a cyclopropyl group or a cyclopentyl group.
31. The compound of claim 26, wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
32. The compound of claim 26, wherein R2b is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
33. The compound of claim 26, wherein R2b is an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.
34. The compound of claim 26, wherein R2b is -CONHR5 or -N(R5)2.
35. The compound of claim 34, wherein R5 is a C1-C6 alkyl group, an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, or hydrogen.
36. The compound of claim 26, wherein W is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkylene group.
37. The compound of claim 26, wherein W is –(CbHR7)m–, wherein R7 is hydrogen or an alkyl group and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
38. The compound of claim 37, wherein when R7 is an alkyl group, the stereochemistry Cb is substantially R, substantially S, or racemic.
39. The compound of claim 37, wherein R7 is an alkyl group and m is 1.
40. The compound of claim 37, wherein R7 is hydrogen or a methyl group and m is 1.
41. The compound of claim 36, wherein R3 is a C1-C6 alkyl group.
42. The compound of claim 36, wherein R3 is a C3-C7 cycloalkyl group.
43. The compound of claim 36, wherein R3 is a cyclopropyl group or a cyclopentyl group.
45. The compound of claim 44, wherein R3 is a cycloalkyl group.
46. The compound of claim 44, wherein R3 is a cycloalkyl group and R5 is a C1-C5 alkyl group.
47. The compound of claim 1, wherein the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially R.
48. The compound of claim 1, wherein the stereochemistry at carbon a is substantially S.
49. The compound of claim 1, wherein the stereochemistry at carbon a is racemic.
51. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound has the structure
53. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of claims 1 to 52 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
54. A method for treating or preventing a viral infection in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a compound of any one of claims 1-52 or SAI4.
55. The method of claim 54, wherein the compound is (S)-SAI4.
56. The method of claim 54, wherein the virus enters via binding to Angiotensin- converting enzyme 2 (ACE2).
57. The method of claim 54, wherein the viral infection comprises a coronavirus.
58. The method of claim 54, wherein the viral infection comprises SARS-CoV-2, SARS-CoV, or human coronavirus NL63 (HCoV-NL63).
59. The method of claim 54, wherein the viral infection is resistant to antiviral therapy.
60. The method of claim 54, further comprising administering to the subject an antiviral compound.
61. The method of claim 60, wherein the antiviral compound comprises hydroxychloroquine, dexamethasone, or remdesivir.
62. The method of claim 54, further comprising administering to the subject an asthma agent, an anti-rhinitis agent, an anti-sinusitis agent, an anti-emphysema agent, an anti- bronchitis agent, an anti-chronic obstructive pulmonary disease agent, or any combination thereof.
63. The method of claim 54, wherein the composition is administered nasally.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202263383363P | 2022-11-11 | 2022-11-11 | |
US63/383,363 | 2022-11-11 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2024102999A2 true WO2024102999A2 (en) | 2024-05-16 |
Family
ID=91033652
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2023/079372 WO2024102999A2 (en) | 2022-11-11 | 2023-11-10 | Small molecule inhibitors for the treatment and prevention of coronavirus infections |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2024102999A2 (en) |
-
2023
- 2023-11-10 WO PCT/US2023/079372 patent/WO2024102999A2/en unknown
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7305205B2 (en) | N4-hydroxycytidine and derivatives and their associated antiviral uses | |
AU2019207608B2 (en) | Benzamide compounds | |
CN105209031A (en) | Novel antiviral agents against HBV infection | |
EA009941B1 (en) | Imidazopyridine substituted tropane derivatives with ccr5 receptor antagonist activity for the treatment of hiv and inflammation | |
CN111566106B (en) | Compounds as CDK inhibitors | |
AU2020401223A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for substituted 7-(piperazin-1-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine analogs as inhibitors of KRAS | |
JP2023550543A (en) | Bicyclic compounds and their use for the treatment of diseases | |
WO2024108673A1 (en) | Triazine derivatives and methods of use thereof | |
WO2021236491A1 (en) | Benzoylhydrazide-derived hdac degraders as therapeutics for treating cancer and other human diseases | |
WO2019067696A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for inhibition of stat3 | |
WO2024102999A2 (en) | Small molecule inhibitors for the treatment and prevention of coronavirus infections | |
CA3214360A1 (en) | Pyrimidine derivatives useful as lrrk2 kinase inhibitors | |
US20230103257A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for inhibition of stat3 | |
WO2023205764A1 (en) | Opioid receptor agonist and methods of use thereof | |
US20230285442A1 (en) | Use of oligochitosans and derivatives thereof for neutralizing viral agents | |
US20230365521A1 (en) | Compounds for increasing the nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide in a subject and methods of use thereof | |
WO2023108036A1 (en) | Cannabinoid receptor modulating compounds | |
WO2023150534A1 (en) | Small molecule pim and mtor kinase inhibitor and methods of use thereof | |
WO2022216961A1 (en) | Nampt activators for treating metabolic and neurological disorders | |
WO2024081789A2 (en) | Histone demethylase inhibitors for treating cancers | |
US20240182448A1 (en) | Triazine derivatives and methods of use thereof | |
DELHOMEL et al. | Patent 2969164 Summary |